instructions washing machine - miele · 2021. 3. 2. · miele cannot be held liable for damage...

104
Operating and installation instructions Washing machine To avoid the risk of accidents or damage to the machine, it is essen- tial to read these instructions before it is installed and used for the first time. en-GB M.-Nr. 11 811 400

Upload: others

Post on 23-Apr-2021

6 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Operating and installationinstructionsWashing machine

To avoid the risk of accidents or damage to the machine it is essen-tial to read these instructions before it is installed and used for thefirst time

en-GB M-Nr 11 811 400

Contents

2

Caring for the environment 6Warning and safety instructions 7Operating the washing machine 15Fascia panel 15Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls 16Main menu 16Examples of how to operate the appliance 17Operating a launderette machine 19Before using for the first time 20Setting the display brightness 21Setting the date 21Selecting programme packages 221 Preparing the laundry 252 Loading the washing machine 263 Selecting a programme 274 Selecting programme settings 285 Adding detergent 29

Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately 30Adding starch separately 30

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme 31Timer 32Programme chart 33Extras 49Pre-wash 49Pre-rinse 49Rinse plus 49Soak 49Intensive 49Water plus 49Pre-ironing 49Rinse hold 49Starch stop 49Special features in the programme sequence 50Spinning 50Anti-crease 50Changing the programme sequence 51Changing a programme 51Cancelling a programme 51Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply 51Adding or removing laundry 52Cleaning and care 53Cleaning the casing and fascia panel 53Cleaning the detergent drawer 53

Contents

3

Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system 55Cleaning the water inlet filters 55Problem solving guide 56The wash programme does not start 56Programme cancellation and error message 57A fault message appears in the display 58An unsatisfactory wash result 59General problems 60The door will not open 62Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut 63Miele Service 66Contact in case of malfunction 66Optional accessories 66Installation 67Front view 67Rear view 68Installation locations 69Installation notes 69Transporting the washing machine to its installation site 70Installation surface 71Removing the transit bars 71Refitting the transit bars 73Levelling the washing machine 73

Holding bracket for plinth 74External control equipment 76

Payment system 76Water connection 77

Cold water connection 77Hot water connection 78

Drainage 79Drain valve 79Drain pump 79

Electrical connection 80Technical data 82Conformity declaration 83Supervisor level 84Opening Supervisor level 84Code-based access 84Changing the code 84Closing the settings menu 84

Contents

4

Operationdisplay 85Language 85Language menu 85Set languages 85Display brightness 85Clock display 86Date 86Volume 86Visibility parameters 86Display off status 87Machine off status 87Delay start 87Memory 87Temperature unit 88Weight unit 88Logo 88Supervisor code 88

Programme selection 88Controls 88Programme packages 89Favourite programmes 89Special programmes 90Sort programmes 90Prog colour allocation 91Hygiene 91Expert code 91

Process technology 91Anti-crease 91Water level Cottons 91Water level Min iron 91Pre-wash temp Cottons 92Wash time 92Pre-rinse Cottons 92Pre-rinse Minimum iron 92Pre-wash CottonM-iron 92Cottons rinses 93Minimum iron rinses 93Disinfection rinse 93Auto load control 93Controlled energy cons 93

Service 93Clean drain pump 93Service interval 94

Contents

5

External applications 94Availability of Miele digital products 94Empty sensor 94Early warning counter 94Automatic dispensing 95Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6 95Peak load signal 95Peak load prevention 95COM module selection 96WiFi 96Network time 96Remote 97RemoteUpdate 97SmartGrid 98

Machine parameters 98Suds cooling 98Water inlet 99Low water pressure 99Legal information 100

Payment system 100Settings for payment systems 100External prog lock 101F-back signal to pay system 101Clear paid signal 101Payment system lock 101FOC programmes 101

Caring for the environment

6

Disposal of the packing mater-ialThe packaging is designed to protectthe appliance from damage duringtransportation The packaging materialsused are selected from materials whichare environmentally friendly for disposaland should be recycled

Recycling the packaging reduces theuse of raw materials in the manufactur-ing process and also reduces theamount of waste in landfill sites

Disposing of your old appli-anceElectrical and electronic appliances of-ten contain valuable materials Theyalso contain specific materials com-pounds and components which wereessential for their correct function andsafety These could be hazardous to hu-man health and to the environment ifdisposed of with your domestic wasteor if handled incorrectly Please do nottherefore dispose of your old appliancewith your household waste

Please dispose of it at your local com-munity waste collection recyclingcentre for electrical and electronic ap-pliances or contact your dealer orMiele for advice You are also respons-ible for deleting any personal data thatmay be stored on the appliance beingdisposed of Please ensure that yourold appliance poses no risk to childrenwhile being stored prior to disposal

Warning and safety instructions

7

This washing machine complies with all current local and nationalsafety requirements However inappropriate use can lead to per-sonal injury and damage to property

Read the operating instructions carefully before using the washingmachine They contain important information on safety installa-tion use and maintenance This prevents both personal injury anddamage to the washing machine

In accordance with standard IEC 60335-1 Miele expressly andstrongly advises that you read and follow the instructions in thechapter on installing the washing machine as well as the safety in-structions and warnings

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these instructions

Keep these operating instructions in a safe place and pass themon to any future owner

When instructing other people how to use the washing machinethey must be made aware of these safety and warning instruc-tions

Appropriate use

The washing machine is only suitable for washing fabrics with acare label stating that they are suitable for machine washing Anyother applications may be dangerous The manufacturer cannot beheld liable for damage resulting from incorrect or improper use oroperation of the machine

This washing machine must be used as described in the operatinginstructions and must be checked on a regular basis to make sure itis functioning correctly Maintenance must be carried out when ne-cessary

The washing machine is not suitable for outdoor use

This washing machine may also be operated in public areas

Warning and safety instructions

8

This washing machine can only be used by people with reducedphysical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience orknowledge if they are supervised whilst using it or have been shownhow to use it in a safe way and understand and recognise the con-sequences of incorrect operation

Children under the age of 8 must not be allowed near the washingmachine unless they are constantly supervised

Children over the age of 8 may only use the washing machinewithout supervision if its operation has been clearly explained tothem and they are able to use it safely Children must be able to un-derstand and recognise the possible dangers caused by incorrectoperation

Children may not carry out cleaning or maintenance on the wash-ing machine unsupervised

Always supervise any children in the vicinity of the washing ma-chine Never allow children to play with the washing machine

Disinfection programmes must not be interrupted as this canhave a limiting effect on the disinfection result It is the operators re-sponsibility to ensure that the standard of disinfection in thermal aswell as chemo thermal procedures is maintained by carrying out suit-able validation tests

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 2: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Contents

2

Caring for the environment 6Warning and safety instructions 7Operating the washing machine 15Fascia panel 15Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls 16Main menu 16Examples of how to operate the appliance 17Operating a launderette machine 19Before using for the first time 20Setting the display brightness 21Setting the date 21Selecting programme packages 221 Preparing the laundry 252 Loading the washing machine 263 Selecting a programme 274 Selecting programme settings 285 Adding detergent 29

Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately 30Adding starch separately 30

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme 31Timer 32Programme chart 33Extras 49Pre-wash 49Pre-rinse 49Rinse plus 49Soak 49Intensive 49Water plus 49Pre-ironing 49Rinse hold 49Starch stop 49Special features in the programme sequence 50Spinning 50Anti-crease 50Changing the programme sequence 51Changing a programme 51Cancelling a programme 51Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply 51Adding or removing laundry 52Cleaning and care 53Cleaning the casing and fascia panel 53Cleaning the detergent drawer 53

Contents

3

Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system 55Cleaning the water inlet filters 55Problem solving guide 56The wash programme does not start 56Programme cancellation and error message 57A fault message appears in the display 58An unsatisfactory wash result 59General problems 60The door will not open 62Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut 63Miele Service 66Contact in case of malfunction 66Optional accessories 66Installation 67Front view 67Rear view 68Installation locations 69Installation notes 69Transporting the washing machine to its installation site 70Installation surface 71Removing the transit bars 71Refitting the transit bars 73Levelling the washing machine 73

Holding bracket for plinth 74External control equipment 76

Payment system 76Water connection 77

Cold water connection 77Hot water connection 78

Drainage 79Drain valve 79Drain pump 79

Electrical connection 80Technical data 82Conformity declaration 83Supervisor level 84Opening Supervisor level 84Code-based access 84Changing the code 84Closing the settings menu 84

Contents

4

Operationdisplay 85Language 85Language menu 85Set languages 85Display brightness 85Clock display 86Date 86Volume 86Visibility parameters 86Display off status 87Machine off status 87Delay start 87Memory 87Temperature unit 88Weight unit 88Logo 88Supervisor code 88

Programme selection 88Controls 88Programme packages 89Favourite programmes 89Special programmes 90Sort programmes 90Prog colour allocation 91Hygiene 91Expert code 91

Process technology 91Anti-crease 91Water level Cottons 91Water level Min iron 91Pre-wash temp Cottons 92Wash time 92Pre-rinse Cottons 92Pre-rinse Minimum iron 92Pre-wash CottonM-iron 92Cottons rinses 93Minimum iron rinses 93Disinfection rinse 93Auto load control 93Controlled energy cons 93

Service 93Clean drain pump 93Service interval 94

Contents

5

External applications 94Availability of Miele digital products 94Empty sensor 94Early warning counter 94Automatic dispensing 95Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6 95Peak load signal 95Peak load prevention 95COM module selection 96WiFi 96Network time 96Remote 97RemoteUpdate 97SmartGrid 98

Machine parameters 98Suds cooling 98Water inlet 99Low water pressure 99Legal information 100

Payment system 100Settings for payment systems 100External prog lock 101F-back signal to pay system 101Clear paid signal 101Payment system lock 101FOC programmes 101

Caring for the environment

6

Disposal of the packing mater-ialThe packaging is designed to protectthe appliance from damage duringtransportation The packaging materialsused are selected from materials whichare environmentally friendly for disposaland should be recycled

Recycling the packaging reduces theuse of raw materials in the manufactur-ing process and also reduces theamount of waste in landfill sites

Disposing of your old appli-anceElectrical and electronic appliances of-ten contain valuable materials Theyalso contain specific materials com-pounds and components which wereessential for their correct function andsafety These could be hazardous to hu-man health and to the environment ifdisposed of with your domestic wasteor if handled incorrectly Please do nottherefore dispose of your old appliancewith your household waste

Please dispose of it at your local com-munity waste collection recyclingcentre for electrical and electronic ap-pliances or contact your dealer orMiele for advice You are also respons-ible for deleting any personal data thatmay be stored on the appliance beingdisposed of Please ensure that yourold appliance poses no risk to childrenwhile being stored prior to disposal

Warning and safety instructions

7

This washing machine complies with all current local and nationalsafety requirements However inappropriate use can lead to per-sonal injury and damage to property

Read the operating instructions carefully before using the washingmachine They contain important information on safety installa-tion use and maintenance This prevents both personal injury anddamage to the washing machine

In accordance with standard IEC 60335-1 Miele expressly andstrongly advises that you read and follow the instructions in thechapter on installing the washing machine as well as the safety in-structions and warnings

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these instructions

Keep these operating instructions in a safe place and pass themon to any future owner

When instructing other people how to use the washing machinethey must be made aware of these safety and warning instruc-tions

Appropriate use

The washing machine is only suitable for washing fabrics with acare label stating that they are suitable for machine washing Anyother applications may be dangerous The manufacturer cannot beheld liable for damage resulting from incorrect or improper use oroperation of the machine

This washing machine must be used as described in the operatinginstructions and must be checked on a regular basis to make sure itis functioning correctly Maintenance must be carried out when ne-cessary

The washing machine is not suitable for outdoor use

This washing machine may also be operated in public areas

Warning and safety instructions

8

This washing machine can only be used by people with reducedphysical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience orknowledge if they are supervised whilst using it or have been shownhow to use it in a safe way and understand and recognise the con-sequences of incorrect operation

Children under the age of 8 must not be allowed near the washingmachine unless they are constantly supervised

Children over the age of 8 may only use the washing machinewithout supervision if its operation has been clearly explained tothem and they are able to use it safely Children must be able to un-derstand and recognise the possible dangers caused by incorrectoperation

Children may not carry out cleaning or maintenance on the wash-ing machine unsupervised

Always supervise any children in the vicinity of the washing ma-chine Never allow children to play with the washing machine

Disinfection programmes must not be interrupted as this canhave a limiting effect on the disinfection result It is the operators re-sponsibility to ensure that the standard of disinfection in thermal aswell as chemo thermal procedures is maintained by carrying out suit-able validation tests

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 3: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Contents

3

Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system 55Cleaning the water inlet filters 55Problem solving guide 56The wash programme does not start 56Programme cancellation and error message 57A fault message appears in the display 58An unsatisfactory wash result 59General problems 60The door will not open 62Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut 63Miele Service 66Contact in case of malfunction 66Optional accessories 66Installation 67Front view 67Rear view 68Installation locations 69Installation notes 69Transporting the washing machine to its installation site 70Installation surface 71Removing the transit bars 71Refitting the transit bars 73Levelling the washing machine 73

Holding bracket for plinth 74External control equipment 76

Payment system 76Water connection 77

Cold water connection 77Hot water connection 78

Drainage 79Drain valve 79Drain pump 79

Electrical connection 80Technical data 82Conformity declaration 83Supervisor level 84Opening Supervisor level 84Code-based access 84Changing the code 84Closing the settings menu 84

Contents

4

Operationdisplay 85Language 85Language menu 85Set languages 85Display brightness 85Clock display 86Date 86Volume 86Visibility parameters 86Display off status 87Machine off status 87Delay start 87Memory 87Temperature unit 88Weight unit 88Logo 88Supervisor code 88

Programme selection 88Controls 88Programme packages 89Favourite programmes 89Special programmes 90Sort programmes 90Prog colour allocation 91Hygiene 91Expert code 91

Process technology 91Anti-crease 91Water level Cottons 91Water level Min iron 91Pre-wash temp Cottons 92Wash time 92Pre-rinse Cottons 92Pre-rinse Minimum iron 92Pre-wash CottonM-iron 92Cottons rinses 93Minimum iron rinses 93Disinfection rinse 93Auto load control 93Controlled energy cons 93

Service 93Clean drain pump 93Service interval 94

Contents

5

External applications 94Availability of Miele digital products 94Empty sensor 94Early warning counter 94Automatic dispensing 95Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6 95Peak load signal 95Peak load prevention 95COM module selection 96WiFi 96Network time 96Remote 97RemoteUpdate 97SmartGrid 98

Machine parameters 98Suds cooling 98Water inlet 99Low water pressure 99Legal information 100

Payment system 100Settings for payment systems 100External prog lock 101F-back signal to pay system 101Clear paid signal 101Payment system lock 101FOC programmes 101

Caring for the environment

6

Disposal of the packing mater-ialThe packaging is designed to protectthe appliance from damage duringtransportation The packaging materialsused are selected from materials whichare environmentally friendly for disposaland should be recycled

Recycling the packaging reduces theuse of raw materials in the manufactur-ing process and also reduces theamount of waste in landfill sites

Disposing of your old appli-anceElectrical and electronic appliances of-ten contain valuable materials Theyalso contain specific materials com-pounds and components which wereessential for their correct function andsafety These could be hazardous to hu-man health and to the environment ifdisposed of with your domestic wasteor if handled incorrectly Please do nottherefore dispose of your old appliancewith your household waste

Please dispose of it at your local com-munity waste collection recyclingcentre for electrical and electronic ap-pliances or contact your dealer orMiele for advice You are also respons-ible for deleting any personal data thatmay be stored on the appliance beingdisposed of Please ensure that yourold appliance poses no risk to childrenwhile being stored prior to disposal

Warning and safety instructions

7

This washing machine complies with all current local and nationalsafety requirements However inappropriate use can lead to per-sonal injury and damage to property

Read the operating instructions carefully before using the washingmachine They contain important information on safety installa-tion use and maintenance This prevents both personal injury anddamage to the washing machine

In accordance with standard IEC 60335-1 Miele expressly andstrongly advises that you read and follow the instructions in thechapter on installing the washing machine as well as the safety in-structions and warnings

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these instructions

Keep these operating instructions in a safe place and pass themon to any future owner

When instructing other people how to use the washing machinethey must be made aware of these safety and warning instruc-tions

Appropriate use

The washing machine is only suitable for washing fabrics with acare label stating that they are suitable for machine washing Anyother applications may be dangerous The manufacturer cannot beheld liable for damage resulting from incorrect or improper use oroperation of the machine

This washing machine must be used as described in the operatinginstructions and must be checked on a regular basis to make sure itis functioning correctly Maintenance must be carried out when ne-cessary

The washing machine is not suitable for outdoor use

This washing machine may also be operated in public areas

Warning and safety instructions

8

This washing machine can only be used by people with reducedphysical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience orknowledge if they are supervised whilst using it or have been shownhow to use it in a safe way and understand and recognise the con-sequences of incorrect operation

Children under the age of 8 must not be allowed near the washingmachine unless they are constantly supervised

Children over the age of 8 may only use the washing machinewithout supervision if its operation has been clearly explained tothem and they are able to use it safely Children must be able to un-derstand and recognise the possible dangers caused by incorrectoperation

Children may not carry out cleaning or maintenance on the wash-ing machine unsupervised

Always supervise any children in the vicinity of the washing ma-chine Never allow children to play with the washing machine

Disinfection programmes must not be interrupted as this canhave a limiting effect on the disinfection result It is the operators re-sponsibility to ensure that the standard of disinfection in thermal aswell as chemo thermal procedures is maintained by carrying out suit-able validation tests

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 4: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Contents

4

Operationdisplay 85Language 85Language menu 85Set languages 85Display brightness 85Clock display 86Date 86Volume 86Visibility parameters 86Display off status 87Machine off status 87Delay start 87Memory 87Temperature unit 88Weight unit 88Logo 88Supervisor code 88

Programme selection 88Controls 88Programme packages 89Favourite programmes 89Special programmes 90Sort programmes 90Prog colour allocation 91Hygiene 91Expert code 91

Process technology 91Anti-crease 91Water level Cottons 91Water level Min iron 91Pre-wash temp Cottons 92Wash time 92Pre-rinse Cottons 92Pre-rinse Minimum iron 92Pre-wash CottonM-iron 92Cottons rinses 93Minimum iron rinses 93Disinfection rinse 93Auto load control 93Controlled energy cons 93

Service 93Clean drain pump 93Service interval 94

Contents

5

External applications 94Availability of Miele digital products 94Empty sensor 94Early warning counter 94Automatic dispensing 95Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6 95Peak load signal 95Peak load prevention 95COM module selection 96WiFi 96Network time 96Remote 97RemoteUpdate 97SmartGrid 98

Machine parameters 98Suds cooling 98Water inlet 99Low water pressure 99Legal information 100

Payment system 100Settings for payment systems 100External prog lock 101F-back signal to pay system 101Clear paid signal 101Payment system lock 101FOC programmes 101

Caring for the environment

6

Disposal of the packing mater-ialThe packaging is designed to protectthe appliance from damage duringtransportation The packaging materialsused are selected from materials whichare environmentally friendly for disposaland should be recycled

Recycling the packaging reduces theuse of raw materials in the manufactur-ing process and also reduces theamount of waste in landfill sites

Disposing of your old appli-anceElectrical and electronic appliances of-ten contain valuable materials Theyalso contain specific materials com-pounds and components which wereessential for their correct function andsafety These could be hazardous to hu-man health and to the environment ifdisposed of with your domestic wasteor if handled incorrectly Please do nottherefore dispose of your old appliancewith your household waste

Please dispose of it at your local com-munity waste collection recyclingcentre for electrical and electronic ap-pliances or contact your dealer orMiele for advice You are also respons-ible for deleting any personal data thatmay be stored on the appliance beingdisposed of Please ensure that yourold appliance poses no risk to childrenwhile being stored prior to disposal

Warning and safety instructions

7

This washing machine complies with all current local and nationalsafety requirements However inappropriate use can lead to per-sonal injury and damage to property

Read the operating instructions carefully before using the washingmachine They contain important information on safety installa-tion use and maintenance This prevents both personal injury anddamage to the washing machine

In accordance with standard IEC 60335-1 Miele expressly andstrongly advises that you read and follow the instructions in thechapter on installing the washing machine as well as the safety in-structions and warnings

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these instructions

Keep these operating instructions in a safe place and pass themon to any future owner

When instructing other people how to use the washing machinethey must be made aware of these safety and warning instruc-tions

Appropriate use

The washing machine is only suitable for washing fabrics with acare label stating that they are suitable for machine washing Anyother applications may be dangerous The manufacturer cannot beheld liable for damage resulting from incorrect or improper use oroperation of the machine

This washing machine must be used as described in the operatinginstructions and must be checked on a regular basis to make sure itis functioning correctly Maintenance must be carried out when ne-cessary

The washing machine is not suitable for outdoor use

This washing machine may also be operated in public areas

Warning and safety instructions

8

This washing machine can only be used by people with reducedphysical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience orknowledge if they are supervised whilst using it or have been shownhow to use it in a safe way and understand and recognise the con-sequences of incorrect operation

Children under the age of 8 must not be allowed near the washingmachine unless they are constantly supervised

Children over the age of 8 may only use the washing machinewithout supervision if its operation has been clearly explained tothem and they are able to use it safely Children must be able to un-derstand and recognise the possible dangers caused by incorrectoperation

Children may not carry out cleaning or maintenance on the wash-ing machine unsupervised

Always supervise any children in the vicinity of the washing ma-chine Never allow children to play with the washing machine

Disinfection programmes must not be interrupted as this canhave a limiting effect on the disinfection result It is the operators re-sponsibility to ensure that the standard of disinfection in thermal aswell as chemo thermal procedures is maintained by carrying out suit-able validation tests

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 5: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Contents

5

External applications 94Availability of Miele digital products 94Empty sensor 94Early warning counter 94Automatic dispensing 95Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6 95Peak load signal 95Peak load prevention 95COM module selection 96WiFi 96Network time 96Remote 97RemoteUpdate 97SmartGrid 98

Machine parameters 98Suds cooling 98Water inlet 99Low water pressure 99Legal information 100

Payment system 100Settings for payment systems 100External prog lock 101F-back signal to pay system 101Clear paid signal 101Payment system lock 101FOC programmes 101

Caring for the environment

6

Disposal of the packing mater-ialThe packaging is designed to protectthe appliance from damage duringtransportation The packaging materialsused are selected from materials whichare environmentally friendly for disposaland should be recycled

Recycling the packaging reduces theuse of raw materials in the manufactur-ing process and also reduces theamount of waste in landfill sites

Disposing of your old appli-anceElectrical and electronic appliances of-ten contain valuable materials Theyalso contain specific materials com-pounds and components which wereessential for their correct function andsafety These could be hazardous to hu-man health and to the environment ifdisposed of with your domestic wasteor if handled incorrectly Please do nottherefore dispose of your old appliancewith your household waste

Please dispose of it at your local com-munity waste collection recyclingcentre for electrical and electronic ap-pliances or contact your dealer orMiele for advice You are also respons-ible for deleting any personal data thatmay be stored on the appliance beingdisposed of Please ensure that yourold appliance poses no risk to childrenwhile being stored prior to disposal

Warning and safety instructions

7

This washing machine complies with all current local and nationalsafety requirements However inappropriate use can lead to per-sonal injury and damage to property

Read the operating instructions carefully before using the washingmachine They contain important information on safety installa-tion use and maintenance This prevents both personal injury anddamage to the washing machine

In accordance with standard IEC 60335-1 Miele expressly andstrongly advises that you read and follow the instructions in thechapter on installing the washing machine as well as the safety in-structions and warnings

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these instructions

Keep these operating instructions in a safe place and pass themon to any future owner

When instructing other people how to use the washing machinethey must be made aware of these safety and warning instruc-tions

Appropriate use

The washing machine is only suitable for washing fabrics with acare label stating that they are suitable for machine washing Anyother applications may be dangerous The manufacturer cannot beheld liable for damage resulting from incorrect or improper use oroperation of the machine

This washing machine must be used as described in the operatinginstructions and must be checked on a regular basis to make sure itis functioning correctly Maintenance must be carried out when ne-cessary

The washing machine is not suitable for outdoor use

This washing machine may also be operated in public areas

Warning and safety instructions

8

This washing machine can only be used by people with reducedphysical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience orknowledge if they are supervised whilst using it or have been shownhow to use it in a safe way and understand and recognise the con-sequences of incorrect operation

Children under the age of 8 must not be allowed near the washingmachine unless they are constantly supervised

Children over the age of 8 may only use the washing machinewithout supervision if its operation has been clearly explained tothem and they are able to use it safely Children must be able to un-derstand and recognise the possible dangers caused by incorrectoperation

Children may not carry out cleaning or maintenance on the wash-ing machine unsupervised

Always supervise any children in the vicinity of the washing ma-chine Never allow children to play with the washing machine

Disinfection programmes must not be interrupted as this canhave a limiting effect on the disinfection result It is the operators re-sponsibility to ensure that the standard of disinfection in thermal aswell as chemo thermal procedures is maintained by carrying out suit-able validation tests

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 6: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Caring for the environment

6

Disposal of the packing mater-ialThe packaging is designed to protectthe appliance from damage duringtransportation The packaging materialsused are selected from materials whichare environmentally friendly for disposaland should be recycled

Recycling the packaging reduces theuse of raw materials in the manufactur-ing process and also reduces theamount of waste in landfill sites

Disposing of your old appli-anceElectrical and electronic appliances of-ten contain valuable materials Theyalso contain specific materials com-pounds and components which wereessential for their correct function andsafety These could be hazardous to hu-man health and to the environment ifdisposed of with your domestic wasteor if handled incorrectly Please do nottherefore dispose of your old appliancewith your household waste

Please dispose of it at your local com-munity waste collection recyclingcentre for electrical and electronic ap-pliances or contact your dealer orMiele for advice You are also respons-ible for deleting any personal data thatmay be stored on the appliance beingdisposed of Please ensure that yourold appliance poses no risk to childrenwhile being stored prior to disposal

Warning and safety instructions

7

This washing machine complies with all current local and nationalsafety requirements However inappropriate use can lead to per-sonal injury and damage to property

Read the operating instructions carefully before using the washingmachine They contain important information on safety installa-tion use and maintenance This prevents both personal injury anddamage to the washing machine

In accordance with standard IEC 60335-1 Miele expressly andstrongly advises that you read and follow the instructions in thechapter on installing the washing machine as well as the safety in-structions and warnings

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these instructions

Keep these operating instructions in a safe place and pass themon to any future owner

When instructing other people how to use the washing machinethey must be made aware of these safety and warning instruc-tions

Appropriate use

The washing machine is only suitable for washing fabrics with acare label stating that they are suitable for machine washing Anyother applications may be dangerous The manufacturer cannot beheld liable for damage resulting from incorrect or improper use oroperation of the machine

This washing machine must be used as described in the operatinginstructions and must be checked on a regular basis to make sure itis functioning correctly Maintenance must be carried out when ne-cessary

The washing machine is not suitable for outdoor use

This washing machine may also be operated in public areas

Warning and safety instructions

8

This washing machine can only be used by people with reducedphysical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience orknowledge if they are supervised whilst using it or have been shownhow to use it in a safe way and understand and recognise the con-sequences of incorrect operation

Children under the age of 8 must not be allowed near the washingmachine unless they are constantly supervised

Children over the age of 8 may only use the washing machinewithout supervision if its operation has been clearly explained tothem and they are able to use it safely Children must be able to un-derstand and recognise the possible dangers caused by incorrectoperation

Children may not carry out cleaning or maintenance on the wash-ing machine unsupervised

Always supervise any children in the vicinity of the washing ma-chine Never allow children to play with the washing machine

Disinfection programmes must not be interrupted as this canhave a limiting effect on the disinfection result It is the operators re-sponsibility to ensure that the standard of disinfection in thermal aswell as chemo thermal procedures is maintained by carrying out suit-able validation tests

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 7: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Warning and safety instructions

7

This washing machine complies with all current local and nationalsafety requirements However inappropriate use can lead to per-sonal injury and damage to property

Read the operating instructions carefully before using the washingmachine They contain important information on safety installa-tion use and maintenance This prevents both personal injury anddamage to the washing machine

In accordance with standard IEC 60335-1 Miele expressly andstrongly advises that you read and follow the instructions in thechapter on installing the washing machine as well as the safety in-structions and warnings

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these instructions

Keep these operating instructions in a safe place and pass themon to any future owner

When instructing other people how to use the washing machinethey must be made aware of these safety and warning instruc-tions

Appropriate use

The washing machine is only suitable for washing fabrics with acare label stating that they are suitable for machine washing Anyother applications may be dangerous The manufacturer cannot beheld liable for damage resulting from incorrect or improper use oroperation of the machine

This washing machine must be used as described in the operatinginstructions and must be checked on a regular basis to make sure itis functioning correctly Maintenance must be carried out when ne-cessary

The washing machine is not suitable for outdoor use

This washing machine may also be operated in public areas

Warning and safety instructions

8

This washing machine can only be used by people with reducedphysical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience orknowledge if they are supervised whilst using it or have been shownhow to use it in a safe way and understand and recognise the con-sequences of incorrect operation

Children under the age of 8 must not be allowed near the washingmachine unless they are constantly supervised

Children over the age of 8 may only use the washing machinewithout supervision if its operation has been clearly explained tothem and they are able to use it safely Children must be able to un-derstand and recognise the possible dangers caused by incorrectoperation

Children may not carry out cleaning or maintenance on the wash-ing machine unsupervised

Always supervise any children in the vicinity of the washing ma-chine Never allow children to play with the washing machine

Disinfection programmes must not be interrupted as this canhave a limiting effect on the disinfection result It is the operators re-sponsibility to ensure that the standard of disinfection in thermal aswell as chemo thermal procedures is maintained by carrying out suit-able validation tests

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 8: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Warning and safety instructions

8

This washing machine can only be used by people with reducedphysical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience orknowledge if they are supervised whilst using it or have been shownhow to use it in a safe way and understand and recognise the con-sequences of incorrect operation

Children under the age of 8 must not be allowed near the washingmachine unless they are constantly supervised

Children over the age of 8 may only use the washing machinewithout supervision if its operation has been clearly explained tothem and they are able to use it safely Children must be able to un-derstand and recognise the possible dangers caused by incorrectoperation

Children may not carry out cleaning or maintenance on the wash-ing machine unsupervised

Always supervise any children in the vicinity of the washing ma-chine Never allow children to play with the washing machine

Disinfection programmes must not be interrupted as this canhave a limiting effect on the disinfection result It is the operators re-sponsibility to ensure that the standard of disinfection in thermal aswell as chemo thermal procedures is maintained by carrying out suit-able validation tests

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 9: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Warning and safety instructions

9

Technical safety

Before setting up the washing machine check it for any externallyvisible damage Do not set up or use a damaged washing machine

The electrical safety of the washing machine can only be guaran-teed when correctly earthed It is most important that this basic safety requirement is tested andin case of any doubt the on-site wiring system should be inspectedby a qualified electricianMiele cannot be held liable for the consequences of an inadequateearthing system

Unauthorised repairs could result in unforeseen dangers for theuser for which the manufacturer cannot accept liability Repairsshould only be undertaken by a Miele approved service technicianotherwise any subsequent damage will not be covered by the war-ranty

Do not make any alterations to the machine unless authorised todo so by Miele

The machine must be isolated from the electricity supply whencleaning and maintaining the machine and in the event of a fault

- switch off at the wall and disconnect the plug from the socket or

- disconnect the fuse at the mains circuit board or

- unscrew the on-site screw-in fuse

See ldquoInstallation ndash Electrical connectionrdquo

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 10: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Warning and safety instructions

10

If the electrical connection cable is faulty it must only be replacedby a Miele authorised service technician to protect the user fromdanger

The washing machine must only be connected to the on-site wa-ter supply using a new hose kit Old hoses must not be re-usedCheck the hose regularly for signs of wear Replace it in good time toavoid the risk of leaks and subsequent damage

Faulty components must only be replaced by genuine Miele ori-ginal spare parts Miele can only guarantee the safety standards ofthe machine when Miele replacement parts are used

For reasons of safety do not connect the machine to the mainselectricity supply by an extension lead multi-socket adapter or sim-ilar These can overheat and are a fire hazard

In the case of commercial use all relevant national provisions andregulations (DGUV in Germany) relating to accident insurance are ap-plicable to this machine It is recommended to carry out testing inaccordance with national regulations (eg the regulatory frameworkdescribed in DGUV100-500Chapter 26Section 4) The test bookrequired for the documentation is available from Miele

The machine must not be used in a non-stationary location (egon a ship)

Please observe the instructions in ldquoInstallationrdquo and ldquoTechnicaldatardquo

If the washing machine is equipped with an electrical plug con-nection it must be easily accessible after installation so that the ma-chine can be disconnected from the electricity supply if necessary

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 11: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Warning and safety instructions

11

If the appliance is hard wired an on-site all pole circuit breakermust always be accessible to disconnect the washing machine fromthe mains

This washing machine is supplied with a special lamp to copewith particular conditions (eg temperature moisture chemical res-istance abrasion resistance and vibration) This special lamp mustonly be used for the purpose it is intended for It is not suitable forroom lighting Replacement lamps may only be fitted by a Miele au-thorised person or the Miele Service Department

Reliable and safe operation of this washing machine can only beassured if it has been correctly connected to the mains electricitysupply

Correct use

The maximum dry laundry weight is 60 kg The maximum recom-mended loads for individual programmes are given in the Programmechart

Do not install your washing machine in a room where temperat-ures below freezing may occur Frozen hoses may burst or split Thereliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperat-ures below freezing point

Before using the machine for the first time check that the transitbars at the rear of the washing machine have been removed (see ldquoIn-stallation ndash Removing transit barsrdquo) During spinning transit barswhich are still in place may result in damage to both the machineand adjacent furniture or appliances

Close the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length oftime (eg while on holiday) especially if there is no floor drain (gully)in the immediate vicinity

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 12: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Warning and safety instructions

12

Danger of flooding If hooking the drain hose into a wash basincheck that the water can drain off quickly enough to prevent the sinkfrom overflowing Hook the hose over the edge and secure If thehose is unsecured the force of the water flowing out of it can dis-lodge it from the basin

Take care to ensure that foreign objects (eg nails pins coins pa-per clips) do not find their way into the machine with the laundryThese may damage components of the machine (eg suds con-tainer drum) Damaged components can damage the laundry

If the correct amount of detergent is dispensed the machineshould not need to be descaled If however you do wish to descaleit only use special non-corrosive descaling agents and strictly ob-serve the instructions on the packaging Special descaling agent isavailable from your Miele dealer or from Miele Service Strictly ob-serve the instructions for the descaling agent

For textiles that have been treated with solvent-based detergentsalways check whether they can be washed in a washing machine Tocheck whether this is possible refer to safety notes information con-cerning the products environmental properties and other informa-tion

Never use solvent based detergents eg those containing ben-zine in this machine Doing so may result in damage to componentparts and create toxic fumes Risk of fire and explosion

Benzine petrol paraffin or any easily flammable liquid must notbe stored or used near the machine Risk of fire and explosion

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 13: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Warning and safety instructions

13

Only use dyes suitable for use in a washing machine Always ob-serve the manufacturers instructions carefully

Colour run and dye removers contain sulphur compounds whichcan cause damage such as corrosion Do not use these products inthis washing machine

Avoid contact between stainless steel surfaces (front lid casing)and liquid detergents or disinfecting agents which contain chlorine orsodium hypochlorite These agents can have a corrosive effect onstainless steel Aggressive vapours containing chlorine can also becorrosive Do not store open containers of these agents near the ma-chine

Do not use a pressure washer or hose to clean the washing ma-chine

It is particularly important to observe manufacturers instructionswhen using a combination of cleaning agents and special applicationproducts Products must only be used for applications approved bythe manufacturer to avoid any material damage or the occurrence ofstrong chemical reactions

If detergent has come into contact with the eyes rinse out imme-diately with plenty of lukewarm water If detergent has accidentallybeen ingested seek medical advice immediately People with dam-aged or sensitive skin should avoid contact with detergent

When adding or removing laundry during the main wash your skinmay come into contact with detergent particularly if the detergent isdispensed externally Take care when placing your hands inside thedrum If suds have come into contact with the skin rinse off immedi-ately with lukewarm water

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 14: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Warning and safety instructions

14

Accessories

Accessory parts may only be fitted when expressly approved byMiele If other parts are used warranty performance and product li-ability claims will be invalidated

Miele tumble dryers and Miele washing machines can be installedas a washer-dryer stack This requires a Miele washer-dryer stackingkit which can be purchased separately Please ensure that thewasher-dryer connection kit is suitable for the Miele tumble dryerand the Miele washing machine

If installing the machine on a Miele plinth (available as an optionalaccessory) please make sure you order the correct one for thiswashing machine

Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliancewith these warning and safety instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 15: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Operating the washing machine

15

Fascia panel

a Language sensor controlFor selecting the current user lan-guageThe system language is displayedagain at the end of the programme

b Back sensor control For going back one level in the menu

c Touch display

d Sensor control StartStopFor starting the programme selectedand cancelling a programme once ithas started The programme selectedcan be started as soon as the sensorcontrol starts flashing

e Optical interfaceFor service technicians

f Button For switching the washing machineon and off To save energy the wash-ing machine will switch off automat-ically It is switched off 15 minutesafter the end of the programmeanti-crease phase or after being switchedon if no further selection is made

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 16: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions

Operating the washing machine

16

Sensor controls and touch dis-play with sensor controlsThe sensor controls andStartStop and the sensor controls inthe display respond to finger tip con-tact Every touch of a sensor is con-firmed with an audible tone You canadjust the volume of the keypad tone orswitch it off (see information on ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo)

The control panel with sensor con-trols and the touch display can bescratched by pointed or sharp ob-jects eg pensOnly touch the display with your fin-gers

Main menuAfter switching on the washing ma-chine the main menu will appear in thedisplay

You access all the important sub-menus from the main menu

Touch the sensor at any time to re-turn to the main menu Values set pre-viously are not saved

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Programmes

For selecting the wash programme

Favourites

For selecting one of 12 favourite pro-grammes which can be set up andsaved by the supervisor (see ldquoFavouriteprogrammesrdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor

You can alter the washing machineselectronics to suit changing require-ments in the supervisor level (see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Operating the washing machine

17

Examples of how to operatethe appliance

Option lists

Programme menu (single option list)

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

You can scroll to the right or the left byswiping your finger across the screenTo do this place your finger on thetouch display and swipe it in the direc-tion you want

The orange bar under the picturesshows that there are further options tochoose from

Touch a programme name to select thewash programme

The display will change to the standarddisplay for that programme

Extras menu (multiple choice)

1102

Pre-wash

Soak

Rinse plus

Intensive

Extras

OK

Touch one or several Extras to select itthem

Currently selected Extras are markedorange

To deselect an Extra simply touch theExtra again

Use the OK sensor to activate all selec-ted Extras

Setting numerical values

You can set numerical values in somemenus

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Enter the numbers by swiping upwardsor downwards Place your finger on thenumber that you want to change andmove your finger in the direction youwant Use the OK sensor to accept allset figures

Tip A numerical keypad may also ap-pear to adjust the value for some set-tings

Operating the washing machine

18

OK

Time

12 0011 5910 58

13 0114 02

Briefly touching a number between thetwo lines will bring up the numericalkeypad

OK

1200

3

4

21

Time

5 6

7

8

0

9

Once a valid number has been enteredthe OK sensor control will be high-lighted green

Pull-down menu

The pull-down menu can be used todisplay information eg about a washprogramme

1102

Coloured

items

Status

Time left h227

Main wash

Add laundry

If an orange bar appears at the top ofthe screen in the middle of the displayyou can open the pull-down menuTouch the bar and drag down with yourfinger

Exiting a menu

Touch the sensor control to returnto the previous screen

Entries made before this which have notbeen confirmed with OK will not besaved

Help display

With some menus Help appears alongthe bottom line of the display

Touch the Help sensor control to dis-play the text

Touch the Close sensor control to re-turn to the previous screen

Operating the washing machine

19

Operating a launderette ma-chineThe main menu will vary depending onthe programming status (see ldquoSuper-visor level ndash Controlsrdquo)

Shortcuts are the easiest way to oper-ate the machine Operating staff are un-able to change pre-set programmes

Launderette basic

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Help

Between 4 and 12 pre-set programmesare available These cannot be changedby the operator

Laundrette Logo

1102

Cottons WoollensMinimum iron

Help

Up to 12 pre-set programmes are avail-able The first 3 programmes can be se-lected directly The remaining pro-grammes are selected from a list These cannot be changed by the oper-ator

Before using for the first time

20

Damage resulting from incorrectinstallation and connectionInstalling and connecting the wash-ing machine incorrectly will causeserious property damageSee ldquoInstallationrdquo

Emptying the drumA swivel elbow for the drain hose andor assembly material may be stored inthe drum

Pull open the door

Remove the swivel elbow and as-sembly material

Shut the door with a gentle swing

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The welcome screen will light up

When commissioning the washingmachine for the first time you willhave to define settings for daily useof the appliance Some settings canonly be configured during the initialcommissioning process After thatthey must be changed by Miele Ser-viceComplete the initial commissioningprocess

These settings are also described underldquoSupervisor levelrdquo

Setting the languageYou will be asked to select the languageyou require for the display You canchange the language at any time (seeldquoLanguagerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

deutsch

Language

OK

english(AU)

english(CA)

english(GB)

english (US)

espantildeol

Scroll to the left or the right until thelanguage you want appears

Touch the sensor control for the lan-guage you want

The selected language will be high-lighted in orange and the display willchange to next setting

Before using for the first time

21

Reference to external appli-ancesA reference to external hardware ap-pears

Confirm with the OK sensor control

Before initial commissioning connectthe XCI box or adapter or slide a com-munication module into the slot on theback of the machine The washingmachine must be disconnected fromthe mains Then start the commission-ing process

Setting the display brightnessYou will be asked to select the bright-ness of the display

Display brightness

Darker Brighter

OK

Touch the segment bars until youreach the required level of brightness

The selected brightness level will behighlighted orange

Confirm with OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Setting the date

OK

Date

2524

2221 2021

2020

201923 JulyAugustSeptember

JuneMay

20182017

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Once all values have been selectedconfirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Confirm time requestThe following question appears in thedisplay

Should the time of day display not beshown

Touch the sensor control yes or no

If you select yes the system will skipthe setting Clock display

If you select no the display will switchto the setting Clock display

Before using for the first time

22

Setting the time of day

OK

12 00

10 58

14 02

Time

11 59

13 01

Place your finger on the number thatyou want to change and move yourfinger in the direction you want

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the next set-ting

Selecting programme pack-agesYou can select various programmesfrom the programme packages Anyprogrammes already active are markedin orange

1102

Cottons Sportswear Trainers

Cottons PRO SportMicrofibre Hard items

Programme packagesLabel Sport

OK

Scroll right until you reach a pro-gramme that is not marked in orange

Touch the sensor control for the re-quired programme

The selected programme is marked inorange

You can select further programmes

Tip You can disable a selected pro-gramme by touching the programmessensor control againException The programmes Cot-tons and Cottons Pro cannot be dis-abled

If you do not want to select any moreprogrammes confirm with the sensorcontrol OK

The display will change to the next set-ting

Before using for the first time

23

Setting up a payment systemIf you wish to set up a payment systemread ldquoPayment systemrdquo under ldquoSuper-visor levelrdquo

These settings can only be changedduring the initial commissioning pro-cess If you wish to change the settingsafter the commissioning processplease contact Miele Service

If you do not wish to set up a paymentsystem you can skip this stage

1102

No paymentsystem

Payment system

OK

Programmecontrol

Timedoperation

COM module

Touch the No payment system sensorcontrol

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select pre-wash water1102

Cold

Pre-wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

The display will change to the next set-ting

Select main wash water1102

Cold

Main wash

OK

Hot

Touch the cold sensor control if thewashing machine is only connectedto a cold water supply or touch hot ifthe washing machine is connected tocold and hot water

Further information will appear on thedisplay

Before using for the first time

24

Removing the transit barsThe display will remind you to removethe transit bars

Damage resulting from failure toremove the transit barsFailure to remove the transit bars canresult in damage to the washing ma-chine and to adjacent furniture or ap-pliancesRemove the transit bars as describedin ldquoInstallationrdquo

Confirm that the transit bars havebeen removed with the OK sensorcontrol

Continue setting up as described in the op-erating instructions appears in the display

Confirm the message with the OKsensor control

Completing commissioningTo complete commissioning the Col-oured items 60 degC programme must berun without laundry and without deter-gent

If the power is interrupted prior to thestart of the first wash programme (egif the machine is switched off with the button) the initial commissioningprocess can be completed again Once a wash programme has beenrunning for over 20 minutes the initialcommissioning process does not haveto be performed again

Open the stopcocks

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Touch the Cottons sensor control

1102

60 degC 1600059

Cottons

h

Overview

Temperature Spin speed

Extrasnot selected

timer

CapDosing

rpm

not selected

Touch the StartStop sensor control

When the programme has finished yourmachine is ready for use

If you have activated disinfectionprogrammes you must complete theThermal disinfection programme asthe first programme make sure youuse a suitable detergent but do notload the machine

1 Preparing the laundry

25

Emptying pockets

Empty all pockets

Damage due to foreign objectsNails coins paper clips and so oncan cause damage to garments andcomponents in the machineCheck the laundry before washingand remove any foreign objects

Sorting the laundry Sort the laundry according to colour

and the garment care label

Pre-treating stains Badly soiled areas and stains should

be cleaned as soon as possibleSpillages should be carefully dabbedoff using a soft colourfast cloth

Damage due to solvent-baseddetergentsDetergents containing benzine stainremover etc can damage plasticpartsWhen pre-treating textiles make surethat any plastic parts do not comeinto contact with the detergent

Risk of explosion due to solvent-based detergentsWhen using solvent-based deter-gents an explosive mixture may de-velopNever use solvent-based detergentsin the washing machine

General tips

- Do not machine wash items whichare specified by the manufacturer asnot washable on the care label ()

- Curtains remove rollers and leadweights or place in a laundry bag

- Sew in or remove any loose underwir-ing in bras

- Turn garments inside out if recom-mended by the manufacturer

- Zip up or close any jackets with Vel-cro or hook and eye fastenings beforewashing

- Fasten duvet covers and pillow casesto prevent small items from becomingrolled up inside them

- Please refer to the Programme chartfor more tips and tricks

2 Loading the washing machine

26

Opening the door

Reach under the door grip and pullthe door open

Check the drum for foreign objectsbefore loading it with laundry

Unfold the laundry and load looselyinto the drum

Mixing both large and small items givesbetter wash results and also helps todistribute the load evenly during spin-ning

The most efficient use of energy andwater is achieved when a full load iswashed However do not overload asthis reduces cleaning efficiency andcauses creasing

Closing the door

Make sure that no items are caughtbetween the door and the seal

Shut the door with a gentle swing

3 Selecting a programme

27

Switching on the washing ma-chine Press the control

The drum lighting will come on

The drum lighting will go out automat-ically after 5 minutes or when the pro-gramme starts

Selecting a programme 1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

There are different ways to select a pro-gramme

You can select a programme from theProgrammes menu

Touch the Programmes sensor control

1102

Whites Minimum iron Express

Cottons Delicates Woollens

Programmes

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

Alternatively you can select a pro-gramme from the Favourites menu

The programmes under Favourites canbe changed by the supervisor (see ldquoFa-vourite programmesrdquo under ldquoSupervisorlevelrdquo)

Touch the Favourites sensor control

1102

Cottons

Woollens Delicates

Minimum iron

Favourites

Scroll to the right in the display untilthe programme you want appears

Touch the sensor control for that pro-gramme

The display will change to the standardmenu for that wash programme

In the case of Favourite programmesthe majority of the programme settingsare already fixed and cannot bechanged

4 Selecting programme settings

28

Selecting a load

To enable load specific dispensingyou can specify the load for some pro-grammes

Touch the Weight sensor control

Enter a valid value for the load quant-ity

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting the temperature

You can alter the preset temperatureof a wash programme

Touch the Temperature sensor control

Select the desired temperature

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting a spin speed

You can alter the preset spin speed ofa wash programme

Touch the Spin speed sensor control

Select the spin speed you want

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

Selecting Extras

You can select Extras for some washprogrammes

Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more Extras

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The display will change to the Overviewmenu

See ldquoExtrasrdquo for further information

5 Adding detergent

29

There are several options for adding de-tergent to the washing machine

Detergent drawerYou can use any detergent that is suit-able for washing machines

Detergent dispensing

Please follow the detergent manufac-turers instructions in relation todosage

Adding too much detergent will leadto excessive foamingAvoid adding excess detergent

The amount to dispense will depend on

- the amount of laundry

- the amount of soiling in the laundry

- the water hardness

Hardnessrange

Hardnessin mmoll

Degree ofGerman hardness

degdH

I (soft) 0-15 0-84

II (medium) 15-25 84-14

III (hard) above 25 above 14

Check with your local water supplier ifyou do not know the water hardness inyour area

Adding detergent

Pull out the detergent drawer and adddetergent to the compartments

Detergent for the pre-wash (di-vide the total recommendedamount as follows ⅓ to com-partment and ⅔ to compart-ment )

Detergent for the main wash

Fabric conditioner or liquidstarch

For disinfection programmes the and compartments can befilled with detergent for the main washif you have not selected pre-wash

5 Adding detergent

30

Adding fabric conditioner or liquidstarch separately

Select the Separate rinse programme

Change the spin speed if necessary

Add fabric conditioner or liquid starchto the compartment Do not ex-ceed the maximum level mark

Touch the StartStop sensor

It will be automatically dispensed in thefinal rinse At the end of the wash pro-gramme a small amount of water re-mains in the compartment

Adding starch separately

Prepare the starch solution in accord-ance with the manufacturers instruc-tions on the packaging

Select the Starch programme

Add the prepared starch to compart-ment

Touch the StartStop sensor

Tip If starching separately or automat-ically thoroughly clean the dispensercompartment especially the siphontube regularly

Dye removers and dyes

Damage due to colour rundyeremoversColour run and dye removers cancause corrosion in the washing ma-chineDo not use colour run or dye re-movers in this washing machine

Only use dyes suitable for use in awashing machine The manufacturersinstructions on the packaging must beobserved

External dispensingThe washing machine is pre-equippedfor connecting to external detergentdispensing systems A separate conver-sion kit for external dispensing systemsis required This must be fitted by MieleService or by a Miele Service dealer

6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme

31

Payment systemIf your machine is connected to a pay-ment system the amount of paymentrequired will appear in the display

Do not cancel the programme once ithas started Depending on the set-tings money may be lost in the pay-ment system

Starting the programmeThe programme can be started as soonas the StartStop sensor is flashing onand off

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock ( symbol) and theprogramme will start

If a delay start period has been selec-ted this will appear in the display

Once the delay start period has elapsed(if applied) the programme duration willappear in the display otherwise theduration will appear straight away Theprogramme sequence is also shown inthe display

Tip You can use the pull-down menu todisplay the selected temperature spinspeed and any selected Extras

End of programmeThe door remains locked during theanti-crease phase However the wash-ing machine door can be unlocked atany time by touching the StartStopsensor

Unloading the drum

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Items left in the drum could discolourother items in the next wash or be-come discoloured themselvesRemove all items from the drum

Check the door seal for any foreignobjects

Tip Leave the door slightly open to al-low the drum to dry

Switch the washing machine off withthe button

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Timer

32

Before the programme starts the timercan be used to select a programmestart time or programme end time

Setting the timer Touch the timer sensor control

Select the option Finish at Start in orStart at

Set the hours and the minutes withthe OK sensor control

Changing the timerThe selected delay start time period canbe changed before the programmestart

Touch the or sensor con-trol

If required change the specified timeand confirm with the OK sensor con-trol

Deleting the timerThe selected delay start period can becancelled before the programme starts

Touch the or sensor con-trol

The selected delay start period will ap-pear in the display

Touch the Delete sensor control

Confirm with the OK sensor control

The selected delay start period is de-leted

Starting the timer Touch the StartStop sensor control

The door will lock and the time until theprogramme starts will appear in the dis-play

After the programme has started theselected delay start period can only bechanged or cancelled by interruptingthe programme

The programme can now be started atany time

Touch the Start immediately sensorcontrol

Programme chart

33

Label

Cottons Max load 60 kg

Use for Normally soiled cotton garments

Tip - These settings are the most efficient in terms of energy and wa-ter consumption for washing cottons

- With the wash temperature reached is below 60 degC

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

The test programme conforms to EN 60456 and the energy label to Directive10612010

Cottons PRO 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Mixed fibre textiles (50 cotton and 50 polyester)

Tip - Extra energy-efficient wash programme for commercial cottonor cottonsynthetic blend textiles with normal levels of soilingeg workwear

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Programme chart

34

Programme packagesYou can select various programmes from the programme packages The pro-grammes will appear in the programme list

Standard programmes

Whites 65 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Textiles made from cotton and linen eg bed linen baby clothesunderwear

Tip An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items Cold to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles eg t-shirts trousers

Tip - For dark-coloured fabric use a colour detergent or liquid deter-gent

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 1ndash5

Coloured items sensitive Cold to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip Coloured items programme for all temperature ranges with partic-ularly good rinse results

1600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plusRinse hold Rinse plus Starch stop

Rinses 2

Minimum iron Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Synthetic and mixed fibre textiles and easy care cotton

Tip - Reduce the spin speed for fabric that creases easily

- An additional pre-rinse can be programmed in

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Intensive Water plus Pre-ironing Rinse hold

Rinses 2ndash4

Settings can be altered in Supervisor level

Programme chart

35

Delicates Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Delicate garments made from synthetic fibres mixed fibres andviscose

Tip - Deselect the final spin speed for fabric that creases easily

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Pre-IroningRinse hold

Rinses 2

Express Cold to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Cotton garments that have hardly been worn or are only verylightly soiled

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 1

Woollens Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Machine-washable woollens and woollen blends

Tip Use detergent formulated for woollens

1200 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Towelling 40 degC to 60 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Towels and bathrobes made from terrycloth

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

Shirts Cold to 60 degC Max load 20 kg

Items Shirts and blouses

Tip - Pre-treat collars and cuffs depending on the level of soiling

- Wash silk shirts and blouses in the Silks programme

- Reduce the maximum load size by half if you have selected thePre-ironing Extra

800 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Dark garments 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Items Black and dark items made from cotton or mixed fibres

Tip Wash inside out

1000 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Pre-ironing Rinsehold

Rinses 3

Programme chart

36

Denim 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Denim shirts blouses trousers and jackets

Tip - Wash denim inside-out

- Denim often contains excess dye and may run during the firstfew washes Wash light and dark coloured items separately

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 3

Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Silks and all hand-washable textiles which do not contain wool

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Place tights and bras in a washing bag

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Separate rinse Max load 60 kg

Items Items which only need to be rinsed and spun

Tip - Observe the spin speed for items which crease easily

1400 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Starch Cold to 40 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Table cloths serviettes and workwear that need starching

Tip - Laundry that is to be starched should be washed but not treatedwith fabric conditioner

- Observe the spin for items which crease easily

1200 rpm Rinses 1

Clean machine 70 degC No load

For cleaning the suds container and the drainage system

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

- Use the Clean machine programme regularly if you frequentlyuse disinfection programmes

DrainSpin Max load 60 kg

Tip - Make sure you select the appropriate spin speed

- Drain only Select 0 rpm for the spin speed

- Select the Rinse plus Extra for one rinse

1600 rpm Extras Rinse plus

Programme chart

37

Maintenance wash hygiene No load

- If a programme at a temperature below 60 degC has been used arequest to start the Maintenance wash hygiene programme ap-pears in the display The Hygiene setting must be switched onfor this purpose (see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

- Add universal detergent to the compartment

Sport

Sportswear 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Sports and leisure wear such as shirts and trousers made fromsynthetic fibres or mixed blends

Tip - If you wish to proof the items at the same time add the proofingagent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse hold Rinses 2

SportMicrofibre 30 degC to 60 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Clothing for sports and fitness such as tops trousers and baselayers made from microfibre

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Observe the instructions on the care label

800 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Trainers 30 degC to 60 degC Max 2 pairs

Use for Trainers (no leather shoes) shin pads elbow protectors and sim-ilar items

Tip - Do not use fabric conditioner

- Coarse soiling should be brushed off first

- Observe the instructions on the care label

- Use the dryer basket for tumble drying

- Close Velcro fasteners

400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Programme chart

38

Hard items Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Washable plastic items eg toy building blocks or casino chipsor even chain link safety gloves etc

Tip - Use the Soak Extra to loosen dirt

- Use detergent for delicates

ndash Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Outerwear

Down-filled items 30 degC to 60 degC Maximum of 1article

Use for Outdoor jackets sleeping bags and other down-filled items

Tip - Observe the instructions on the care label

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1000 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 2

Outerwear Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Performance outerwear (eg outdoor jackets and trousers) madefrom membrane fabrics such as Gore-Texreg SYMPATEXreg WIND-STOPPERreg etc

Tip - Zip up or close any Velcro fasteners before washing

- Do not use fabric conditioner

- Use the Proofing programme to treat outerwear textiles at regu-lar intervals Proofing after each wash cycle is not recommen-ded

- Wash down-filled items with the Down filled items programme

1000 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Programme chart

39

Proofing Cold to 40 degC Max load 25 kg

Items Treating microfibre fabric skiwear and table linen made frommainly synthetic fibres

Tip - Add proofing agent to the compartment

- The items should be freshly laundered and spun or dried beforeproofing

- To achieve an optimum effect apply a thermal treatment to thearticles by drying in a tumble dryer or ironing

1000 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WellnessHair salons

Towels Cold to 40 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Lightly soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Rinses 2

Towels plus 40 degC to 80 degC Max load 50 kg

Use for Heavily soiled cotton towelling

Tip Use a colour detergent for dark textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

Capes Cold to 30 degC Max load 15 kg

Use for Lightly soiled hairdressers capes made from synthetic fibres

Tip Select the Extra Rinse plus for extra good wash results

600 rpm Extras Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

40

Hotels

Bed linen 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre bed linen

Tip - The items are always soaked after the start

- Use a colour detergent for coloured textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Pre-Iron-ing

Rinses 2

Table linen 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Tablecloths and serviettes made from cotton linen and mixedfibres

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- The items are always soaked after the start

1200 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Pre-iron-ing Rinse hold Starch stop

Rinses 2

Kitchen linen 60 degC to 85 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or linen kitchen linen eg chefs jackets and trouserschefs hats cleaning cloths

Tip - Select Pre-wash for stubborn stains Use detergent with en-zymes for the pre-wash

- A Pre-wash is applied before the main wash

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinses 3

Home textiles

Lightweight curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily deselect the spin function

600 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Curtains Cold to 40 degC Max load 20 kg

Use for Curtains specified as machine-washable by the manufacturer

Tip For curtains which crease easily reduce the spin speed ordeselect the spin

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

Programme chart

41

Down bedding 40 degC to 75 degC 1 duvet

Use for Down-filled duvets

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinse plus Rinse hold Rinses 3

Synthetic bedding 40 degC to 75 degC Max 60 kgor 1 duvet

Items Bed linen made from microfibre and duvets with a synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Use liquid detergent

800 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

Pillows Cold to 60 degC 1ndash2 pillows

Use for Washable pillows with a down or synthetic filling

Tip - Follow the instructions on the care label

- Remove any air before washing To do this either push theitems into a narrow laundry bag to compress them or tie theitems together with a washable strap

- The items are spun after wetting to remove any air

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 3

Bedspreads 40 degC to 75 degC Max load 30 kg

Use for Synthetic or woollen bedspreads eg day blankets

Tip Gentle wash programme for covers with delicate fillings

800 rpm Extras Pre-rinse Rinse hold Rinses 3

1 pillow (80 x 80 cm) or 2 pillows (40 x 80 cm)

Programme chart

42

Workwear

Oilfat special 60 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Work coats jackets hats cleaning cloths made from cotton ormixed fibres

Tip - Activate Pre-wash for heavy contamination

- Use special detergent to improve the wash results

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Intensive Rinse plusRinse hold

Rinses 3

DustFlour special 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre workwear table cloths or cleaning clothssoiled with dust or flour

Tip - Select Pre-rinse for very heavy levels of soiling

- Activate Pre-wash for stubborn soiling

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Soak IntensiveRinse plus Rinse hold

Rinses 2

Intensive wash 40 degC to 90 degC Max load 60 kg

Use for Heavily soiled workwear made from cotton linen and mixed fibres

Tip You can achieve particularly good wash and rinse results with ahigh water level

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Soak Rinse plus Rinsehold

Rinses 2

DisinfectionRKI

Dis RKI 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 2

Programme chart

43

Dis RKI 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Dis RKI 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- Single-bath disinfection process

- Use a detergent approved by the Robert Koch Institute

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Soak Rinses 3

Programme chart

44

Laundry (HTM 01-04)

Disinfection 71 degC 71 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 3-minute holding time at 71 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

Disinfection 65 degC 65 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 65 degC

- The spin speed cannot be modified

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 3

MRSA 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Minimum-iron textiles sorted by colour provided they are suitablefor disinfection

Tip - Add MRSA disinfectants to the fabric softener compartment

- The spin speed cannot be modified

1000 rpm Rinses 3

Disinfection

Disinfection 85 degC15 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 15-minute holding time at 85 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Programme chart

45

Disinfection 70 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 60 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 40 degC20 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 20-minute holding time at40 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

- An extra gentle washing programme allows you to wash evenmore sensitive textiles

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Further programmes

Disinfection 80 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 80 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinses 2

Programme chart

46

Disinfection 75 degC10 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton linen and mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 10-minute holding time at 75 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Disinfection 70 degC17 min Max load 60 kg

Items Cotton or mixed fibre textiles

Tip - Thermal disinfection with a 17-minute holding time at 70 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

Dental surgery garments 60 degC60 min Max load 60 kg

Use for Cotton or mixed fibre textiles sorted by colour provided they aresuitable for disinfection

Tip - Chemo-thermal disinfection with a 60-minute holding time at60 degC

- No water intake via the fabric conditioner compartment

1400 rpm Extras Pre-wash Pre-rinse Rinse plus Rinses 2

WetCare

WetCare sensitive Cold to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed eg suits smart dressesmarked with the care symbol

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

Programme chart

47

WetCare Silks Cold to 30 degC Max load 25 kg

Use for Textiles or silk items that cannot be washed and are prone tocreasing

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

600 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 1

WetCare Intensive 30 degC to 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Heavily soiled outerwear that cannot be washed

Tip - A finishing bath is applied after washing

- Use a liquid finishing agent for impregnation add the detergentto the fabric softener compartment

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinse hold Rinses 2

WetCare Disinfection 40 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Outerwear that cannot be washed and that is marked with thecare symbol

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected (40 degC for 20 minutes)

1100 rpm Extras Pre-wash Rinses 2

WetCare Hygiene 20 degC to 30 degC Max load 35 kg

Use for Sensitive textiles eg outerwear

Tip - Textiles are washed and disinfected following the addition of adisinfectant during the rinse phase

1100 rpm Extras Rinse hold Rinses 2

Programme chart

48

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and assign your own pro-gramme names Enter these into thetables

Load max 60 kg

Example Intensive Plus

- Pre-wash intensive

- Intensive wash 90 degC

- Rinse 1

- Rinse 2

- Rinse 3

- Pre-treat

- Spin 1400 rpm

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The 5 special programmes are pre-programmed at the factory see ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo

Extras

49

You can add Extras to the wash pro-grammes

Not all Extras can be selected withevery programme If an Extra is not lis-ted it is not permitted for use with thewash programme in question

Selecting Extras Touch the Extras sensor control

Select one or more of the Extrasavailable

Confirm with the OK sensor control ifseveral Extras are available

Pre-wash A Pre-wash can be added for heavilysoiled laundry Coarse soiling isloosened and removed before the mainwash

Pre-rinse The laundry is rinsed before the mainwash to remove larger quantities of soil-ing eg dust sand

Rinse plus An extra rinse can be activated toachieve a better wash result

Soak For heavily soiled and stained itemswith protein stains The soak duration is10 minutes

Intensive For hard-wearing laundry that is veryheavily soiled Cleaning efficiency is in-creased through more intense mechan-ical action and the application of moreheat energy

Water plus The water level in the main wash andthe rinses will be increased

Pre-ironing In order to reduce creasing the laundryundergoes a smoothing process at theend of the programme Reducing themaximum load by 50 will achieve abetter result Small loads achieve a bet-ter result

The textiles must be suitable for dryingin a tumble dryer and suitable forironing

Rinse hold The laundry is not spun after the finalrinse and remains in the rinse waterThis helps prevent creasing if the laun-dry is not going to be removed from thedrum immediately after the end of theprogramme

Starch stop Water is drained out of the machine be-fore the last rinse and the programmestops The prepared starch is addeddirectly to the drum The programme iscontinued with the StartStop sensorcontrol

Special features in the programme sequence

50

Spinning

Final spin speed

When a programme is selected themaximum spin speed for this wash pro-gramme is shown in the display

You can reduce the final spin speed

However you cannot select a final spinspeed higher than that shown in thechart

Interim spin

There is a spin cycle after the mainwash and between the rinses A reduc-tion in the final spin speed will also re-duce the interim spin speed as appro-priate

Omitting the interim spin and the fi-nal spin

Select the programme setting Spinspeed 0

After the last rinse the water will bepumped away and the anti-creasephase will switch on

Anti-creaseAt the end of the programme the drumcontinues to turn at intervals for up to30 minutes to help prevent creasingThe washing machine can be opened atany time

There is no anti-crease phase at theend of some programmes

Changing the programme sequence

51

A programme cannot be cancelled orchanged when operating a paymentsystem

Changing a programmeA programme can no longer bechanged once it has been successfullystarted

You will need to cancel the current pro-gramme before you can select a newone

Cancelling a programmeYou can cancel a wash programme atany time after it has started

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The following will appear in the display

Cancel programme

Select yes

The following will appear in the display

Programme cancelled

The suds will be pumped away

Wait until the door unlocks

Pull open the door

Remove the laundry

Switching on the washing ma-chine after an interruption tothe power supplyIf the washing machine is switched offwith the button during a wash pro-gramme the programme will be inter-rupted

Switch the washing machine back onwith the button

Note the message in the display

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme will also be interruptedif power is interrupted by a power cut

When power is resumed confirm themessage in the display with OK

Touch the StartStop sensor

The programme continues

Changing the programme sequence

52

Adding or removing laundryYou can add or remove laundry itemsduring the first few minutes after theprogramme has started

1102

Cottons

Status

Time left h049

Main wash

Add laundry

Touch the Add laundry sensor control

If the message Add laundry is not vis-ible in the display then it is no longerpossible to add items of laundry

The programme will stop and the doorwill unlock

Risk of chemical burns from de-tergentWhen adding or removing laundryyour skin may come into contactwith detergent particularly if the de-tergent is dispensed externallyTake care when placing your handsinside the drumIf suds have come into contact withthe skin rinse off immediately withplenty of lukewarm water

Pull open the door

Add laundry or remove individualitems

Close the door

Touch the StartStop sensor control

The programme will continue

The safety lock will remain activated ifthe temperature in the drum is above55 degC The lock will not deactivate un-til the temperature has dropped to be-low 55 degC

Cleaning and care

53

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Cleaning the casing and fasciapanel

Damage caused by detergentsSolvent-based cleaning agents ab-rasive cleaners glass cleaners ormulti-purpose cleaning agents cancause damage to plastic surfacesand other partsDo not use any of these cleaningagents

Risk of damage due to ingress ofwaterThe pressure of a water jet cancause water to get into the washingmachine resulting in damage tocomponentsDo not spray the washing machinewith a water jet

Clean the casing and fascia panelwith a mild cleaning agent or soapand water and dry both with a softcloth

The drum and any other stainlesssteel components can be cleaned us-ing a suitable stainless-steel cleaningagent

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Washing at low temperatures and theuse of liquid detergent can lead to abuild-up of mould and bacteria in thedetergent drawer

For hygiene reasons clean the entiredetergent drawer at regular intervals

Pull out the detergent drawer untilresistance is felt Press down the re-lease button and at the same timepull the drawer right out of the ma-chine

Clean the detergent drawer withwarm water

Cleaning and care

54

Cleaning the siphon and the channel

Pull the siphon out of the compart-ment Clean the siphon under warm runningwater

Refit the siphon

Clean the fabric conditioner channelusing a brush and warm water

Cleaning the detergent drawer

Use a bottle brush to remove deter-gent residues and limescale from thejets inside the detergent drawer

Replace the detergent drawer

Tip Leave the detergent drawer slightlyopen to allow it to dry

Cleaning and care

55

Cleaning the drum suds con-tainer and drainage systemThe drum suds container and drainagesystem can be cleaned if necessary

Start the Clean machine programme

Add powder detergent to the compartment in the detergent drawer

At the end of the programme checkthe inner drum and remove anycoarse residues

Use the Clean machine programmeregularly if you frequently use disin-fection programmes

Cleaning the water inlet filtersThe washing machine has filters to pro-tect the water intake valves Checkthese filters every 6 months or so Per-form this check more often if there arefrequent interruptions to the externalwater supply

Cleaning the filters in the water inletvalves

Using pliers carefully loosen the nuton the intake valve and unscrew

Use pointed pliers to grip the bar andpull out the filter then clean the filterReassemble in reverse order

The filters must be put back in placeafter cleaning

Problem solving guide

56

You are able to correct the majority of faults and problems that arise during day-to-day use without external assistance You can save time and money in many casesas you do not need to call Miele Service

The following tables are designed to help you to find the cause of a malfunction ora fault and to resolve it

The wash programme does not start

Problem Cause and remedy

The display remainsdark and the StartStopsensor control does notlight up or flash

There is no power to the machine Check whether the washing machine is switched

on Check whether the washing machine is connected

to the power supply Check whether the main fuse or circuit breaker has

tripped

The washing machine has switched off automaticallyto save energy Switch the washing machine back on with the

button

The following appearsin the display Door will not lock Call Ser-vice

The door is not closed properly The door lock couldnot engage Close the door again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

The programme doesnot start when Spin hasbeen selected

You have not yet completed the initial commissioningprocess Perform the Initial commissioning process as de-

scribed in these instructions

The display is dark andthe StartStop sensorcontrol is flashingslowly

The display has switched off automatically to saveenergy Touch any of the controls The display switches

back on

Problem solving guide

57

Programme cancellation and error message

Problem Cause and remedy

Drainage fault Cleandrain filter and pumpCheck drain hose

The drain is blocked or restrictedThe drain hose has been fixed too high Clean the drain filter and the drain pump The maximum drain height is 1 m

Water intake faultOpen stopcock

The water intake is blocked or restricted Check whether the stopcock has been properly

opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

The water pressure is too low Switch on the Low water pressure setting (see ldquoLow

water pressurerdquo under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The filters in the water intake are blocked Clean the filters (see ldquoCleaning the filtersrdquo under

ldquoCleaning and carerdquo)

Waterproof systemactivated

The water protection system has reacted Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

Disinfection temper-ature not reached

The required temperature was not reached during thedisinfection programme The washing machine has not carried out the dis-

infection cycle correctly Start the programme again

Fault F If restartfails call Service

There is a fault Disconnect the washing machine from the mains

electricity supply Wait at least 2 minutes before reconnecting the

washing machine to the mains electricity supply Switch the washing machine on again Start the programme again

If the fault message appears again contact MieleService

Problem solving guide

58

A fault message appears in the display1)

Problem Cause and remedy

Container empty One of the external detergent containers is empty Refill the detergent container

Hygiene info Runthe ldquoMaintenancewash hygienerdquo pro-gramme or a pro-gramme of at least60degC

During the last wash a wash programme with a tem-perature below 60 degC or the DrainSpin programmewas selected Start a programme with a minimum temperature of

60 degC or the Maintenance wash hygiene programme

Check hot water in-take

The hot water supply is blocked or restricted Check whether the hot water stopcock has been

properly opened Check whether the intake hose is kinked

Align the machineLaundry not properlyspun

The selected spin speed was not reached during thefinal spin due to excessive imbalance Check that the washing machine is level Start the spin cycle again

Machine is leaking The washing machine or drain valve is leaking Close the stopcock Call Miele Service

1 The messages will appear at the end of the programme and when the washingmachine is switched on and must be acknowledged with the OK sensor control

Problem solving guide

59

An unsatisfactory wash result

Problem Cause and remedy

Liquid detergent doesnot give the requiredresult

Liquid detergents usually contain no bleachingagents They do not remove fruit coffee and teastains Use a general purpose powder detergent contain-

ing a bleaching agent Pour stain removers into the drawer in the dis-

penser compartment and liquid detergent into adispenser ball

Never put stain removers and liquid detergent to-gether in the dispenser drawer

White residues whichlook like powder deter-gent are seen on darktextiles after washing

The detergent contained compounds (zeolites) to aidwater softening which are not soluble in water Thesehave ended up on the laundry Try to brush off the residues with a soft brush once

the laundry is dry In future wash dark textiles using a detergent

which contains no zeolites Liquid detergents usu-ally contain no zeolites

Textiles with particularlygreasy soiling are notproperly clean

Select a programme with pre-wash Use liquid de-tergent for the pre-wash

Continue to use universal powder detergent for themain wash

The use of heavy-duty detergent is recommended inthe main wash for very heavily soiled work clothingPlease seek advice from the detergent manufacturer

Grey greasy particlescling to washed laundry

Insufficient amounts of detergent were used Thelaundry was heavily soiled with grease (oils oint-ments) Use more detergent or use liquid detergent with

this type of soiled laundry Before washing the next load run a 60 degC pro-

gramme with liquid detergent but without a load

Problem solving guide

60

General problems

Problem Cause and remedy

The machine shakesduring the spin cycle

The machine feet are not level and not secured Level the machine and adjust the feet correctly

Strange pump noisescan be heard

This is not a fault These slurping noises occur atthe start and end of a pump sequence as a normalpart of the operation

Large amounts of deter-gent residue remain inthe detergent dispenserdrawer

The water pressure is too low Clean the filters in the water inlet

Powder detergent used in conjunction with watersofteners tends to become sticky Clean the detergent dispenser drawer and in fu-

ture add detergent into the drawer first and thenadd the water softener

Fabric softener is notcompletely dispensedor too much water re-mains in the com-partment

The siphon tube is not correctly positioned or isclogged Clean the siphon see ldquoCleaning and care ndash Clean-

ing the detergent dispenser compartmentrdquo

The display is in a dif-ferent language

A different language has been selected Switch the washing machine off and on again

The selected operator language appears in the dis-play

The operator language has been changed Select the language you require (see ldquoLanguagerdquo

under ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

The laundry has notbeen spun properly Thelaundry is still wet

The machine detected a high level of imbalance dur-ing the final spin and reduced the spin speed auto-matically Include both large and small items in the load as

this will achieve better distribution

Problem solving guide

61

Problem Cause and remedy

The drum remains sta-tionary but the pro-gramme keeps running

Switch the washing machine off and then back onwith the button

Note the message in the display Touch the StartStop sensor control

The drum continues to spin and the programme con-tinues

Problem solving guide

62

The door will not open

Problem Cause and remedy

The door cannot bepulled open during aprogramme

The door is locked during the wash programme Touch the StartStop sensor control Select Cancel programme or Add laundry

The door will unlock and you will be able to pull itopen

There is still water in the drum and the machine is un-able to drain Clean the drainage system as described under

ldquoOpening the door in the event of a blocked drainoutlet andor power cutrdquo

At the end of a pro-gramme or when a pro-gramme is cancelledthe following appears inthe display Cooldown or Comfort cooling

To protect the user against scalding the door cannotbe opened if the suds temperature is higher than55 degC Wait until the temperature in the drum has de-

creased and the message has gone out in the dis-play

The following appearsin the displayThe door lock is jammedCall Service

The door lock has jammed Call Miele Service

Problem solving guide

63

Opening the door in the eventof a blocked drain outlet andor power cut

Risk of electric shockOnly ever perform cleaning andmaintenance work when the appli-ance is disconnected from thepowerDisconnect the washing machinefrom the mains electricity supply

Open the access panel to the drainsystem

Blocked drain outlet

If the drain outlet is blocked there maybe a large quantity of water (max 30 l)left behind in the washing machine

Risk of scalding due to hot sudsEscaping suds will be hot if laundryhas been washed at high temperat-uresCarefully allow all suds to drain off

Emptying the drum

For machines with a drain pump

Place a suitable container under theaccess flap

Remove the drain filter though notcompletely

Slowly unscrew the drain filter to letthe water out

Tighten the drain filter back up againif you need to interrupt the flow ofwater

Problem solving guide

64

Cleaning the drain filter

Once the flow of water ceases

Remove the drain filter completely

Clean the drain filter thoroughly

Check the drain pump impellers tomake sure they can rotate freely

Remove any foreign objects (eg but-tons coins etc) and clean the in-terior

Put the drain filter back in place andsecure it

Water damageWater will escape from the machineif you forget to replace the drain filterReplace the drain filter correctly andtighten it securely

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Problem solving guide

65

Emptying the drum

In machines with a drain valve

Push the emergency drain leverdownwards and hold until no morewater runs out

Opening the door

Danger of injury due to rotatingdrumReaching into a moving drum is ex-tremely dangerousAlways make sure that the drum isstationary before reaching in to re-move laundry

Use a screwdriver to unlock the door

Pull open the door

Miele Service

66

Contact in case of malfunctionIn the event of any faults which youcannot remedy yourself please contactyour Miele Dealer or Miele Service

Contact information for Miele Servicecan be found at the end of this docu-ment

Please quote the model and serial num-ber of your appliance when contactingMiele Service This information can befound on the data plate

The data plate is found above theporthole glass when the washing ma-chine door is opened

Optional accessoriesOptional spare parts and accessoriesfor this washing machine are availablefrom Miele

Installation

INSTALLATION

67

Front view

a Double check valves (for UK only)

b Inlet hose (cold water)

c Inlet hose (hot water)

d Electrical connection

e Fascia panel

f Detergent drawer

g Door

h Access to drain filter and drain pumpand emergency release

i Height-adjustable feet

Installation

INSTALLATION

68

Rear view

a Electrical connection

b Interface for communicating with ex-ternal devices

c Socket for external dispensing sys-tem

d Drain hose (LP version)

e Inlet hose (cold water)

f Inlet hose (hot water) if fitted

g Safety caps for transit bars

h Transport clips for hoses

i Drain pipe (AV version)

j Module slot (for external communica-tion module)

k Holder for removed transit bars

Installation

INSTALLATION

69

Installation locations

Side view

1132

850

1100

714

Washer-dryer stack

min 300

1702

The washing machine can be installedas a washer-dryer stack together with aMiele tumble dryer This requires aMiele washer-dryer stacking kit whichcan be purchased separately

Installation on a plinth

The washing machine can be installedon a steel plinth (open or closed avail-able as an optional Miele accessory) oron a concrete plinth

Injury can occur if the washingmachine has not been adequatelysecuredWhen installing the machine on aplinth there is the danger of thewashing machine falling off the plinthduring spinningSecure the washing machine usingthe clamps supplied

Installation notes

The distances between the machineand the wall are recommendations tohelp make it easier to carry out servicework If installation space is limitedthe machine can also be pushed upagainst the wall

This washing machine is not suitablefor building under

Risk of damage due to moistureingressMoisture can damage electrical com-ponentsDo not install the machine near ordirectly above an open gully or floordrain

Installation

INSTALLATION

70

Transporting the washing ma-chine to its installation site

Danger of injury from incorrecttransportIf the washing machine tips up thereis a danger of injury to people anddamage to propertyMake sure the washing machine isstable during transportation

Transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck

If transporting the washing machinewith a sack truck make sure its left orright side is resting on the truck

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe front or back of the washing ma-chine may be damaged if the ma-chine is transported with a sacktruckAlways insert the sack truck underone of the sides of the washing ma-chine

Transporting the washing machine toits installation site

The protruding lid at the back can beused to hold the machine when trans-porting

Danger of injury due to unsecurelidThe fixings at the back of the lidcould break as a result of externalforces There is a danger of the lidbeing pulled off when carrying themachineBefore carrying the machine checkthat the lid is secure where it pro-trudes at the back of the machine

Carry the washing machine by thefront feet and by the lid where it pro-trudes at the back of the appliance

Installation

INSTALLATION

71

Installation surfaceA concrete floor is the most suitable in-stallation surface being far less proneto vibration during the spin cycle thanwooden floorboards or a carpeted sur-face

The machine must be level and se-curely positioned

To avoid vibrations during spinningthe machine should not be installedon soft floor coverings

If installing on a wooden joist floor

Install the machine on a plywoodbase (at least 70 x 60 x 3 cm) Thebase should span several joists andbe bolted to the joists and not only tothe floorboards

Tip If possible install the machine in acorner of the room This is usually themost stable part of the floor

Removing the transit bars

Remove the left and right caps

1 Pull on the secured cap stoppers

2 and use a screwdriver to release thecatches at the top and bottom

Using the spanner supplied turn theleft-hand transit bar 90deg

Installation

INSTALLATION

72

Pull out the transit bar

Turn the right-hand transit bar 90deg

Pull out the transit bar

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThere is a risk of injury from reachinginto holes that are not coveredCover the holes for the transit barsafter they have been removed

Fit the stoppers onto the two holes

Installation

INSTALLATION

73

Secure the transit bars to the back ofthe washing machine

Tip Make sure that the holes are fit-ted over the retainers

Risk of damage from incorrecttransportThe washing machine may becomedamaged if moved without the transitbars in placeKeep the transit bars in a safe placeFit them again if the machine is to bemoved

Refitting the transit barsThe transit bars are refitted by reversingthe procedure

Levelling the washing machineThe washing machine must stand per-fectly level on all four feet to ensuresafe and proper operation

Incorrect installation may increase elec-tric and water consumption and maycause the machine to move about

Screwing out and adjusting the feet

The 4 adjustable screw feet are used forlevelling the washing machine The ma-chine is supplied with all four feetscrewed in

Using the spanner supplied turncounter nut 2 in a clockwise directionThen turn counter nut 2 together withfoot 1 to unscrew

Installation

INSTALLATION

74

Use a level to check that the washingmachine is standing level

Hold foot 1 securely with a pipewrench Turn counter nut 2 again us-ing the spanner supplied until it sitsfirmly up against the housing

Risk of damage due to incor-rectly aligned washing machineThere is a danger of the washing ma-chine moving about if the feet are notsecuredTurn all 4 counter nuts for the feetuntil they sit firmly up against thehousing Please also check this forthe feet which did not need adjust-ment

Holding bracket for plinth

The holding bracket prevents the wash-ing machine from falling off the plinthduring operation

Fastening with the holding bracket isonly intended for plinths made fromconcrete The plinth must be flat andlevel The surface below the plinth mustbe able to withstand the physical loads Prior to installation check whether theplinth complies with the minimum di-mensions

Height 6 cmWidth 60 cmDepth 65 cm

Positioning the holding bracket

Risk of injury from sharp edgesThe holding bracket has sharpedges You could cut yourself on theedgesTake care when handling the holdingbracketWear gloves while installing the hold-ing bracket

The front appliance feet must protrudeby at least 3 mm The washing ma-chine must already be aligned (seeldquoInstallation ndash Aligning the washingmachinerdquo)

Installation

INSTALLATION

75

Place the holding bracket on the frontappliance feet

Mark the position of the front edge ofthe holding bracket with a pencil

Remove the holding bracket from thefeet

Carefully move the washing machineuntil you have enough space to installthe holding bracket

Installing the holding bracket

Place the holding bracket on themarking on the plinth

In the middle of the two outer slottedholes mark a point for each drill hole

Drill 2 holes (8 mm) with a depth ofapprox 55 mm

Insert the plugs in the holes

Install the holding bracket with thehexagon screws and the washers

Do not tighten the screws yet ndash thiswill allow the holding bracket to bemoved sideways

Installation

INSTALLATION

76

Securing the washing machine withthe holding bracket

Push the washing machine back onto the installed holding bracket

Insert the appliance feet (the partbetween the foot and the locknut)into the openings in the holdingbracket

Push the holding bracket to the rightas far as it will go

Tighten the hexagon screws using aspanner

The washing machine is secured in theholding bracket

External control equipmentThe XCI box accessory is needed toconnect external control equipmentsuch as payment systems dispensingsystems or peak load control units

Payment system

This washing machine can be fitted witha payment system (optional accessory)

The necessary reprogramming must al-ways be carried out by Miele Service ora Miele Service Dealer

Coinstokens must be removed fromthe coin box regularly Otherwise thepayment system will become blocked

Installation

INSTALLATION

77

Water connection

Cold water connection

The washing machine should be con-nected to a mains water supply in ac-cordance with current local and nationalsafety regulations The German author-ities do not require it to have a non-re-turn valve as the washing machine hasbeen designed to comply with DIN reg-ulations

In the UK both the hot and cold wa-ter supplies must be connected tothe mains water connection with theprovided double check valve Hotwater temperature must not exceed60 degC

The flow pressure must amount to aminimum of 100 kPa and must not ex-ceed 1000 kPa If the pressure exceeds1000 kPa a pressure reducing valvemust be installed

For the connection a stopcock with afrac34 screw thread is required If this typeof stopcock is not available only aqualified installer may connect thewashing machine to the mains watersupply

The connection point is subject tomains water pressureTurn on the stopcock slowly andcheck for leaks Correct the positionof the washer and screw thread if ap-propriate

Switching to cold water operation

If the washing machine is not connec-ted to a hot water point you will have toconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to cold(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the hot water hose

Screw on the stopper provided

Maintenance

Only use genuine Miele hoses that havebeen tested to withstand pressure of atleast 7000 kPa should you ever need areplacement

A filter is located in the intake pointto protect the water inlet valveNeither filter may be removed

Hose extension

Longer hoses are available from Mieleor from your Miele dealer as accessor-ies

Installation

INSTALLATION

78

Hot water connection

The hot water temperature must not ex-ceed 70 degC (60 degC in the UK)To minimise energy consumption duringoperation with hot water the washingmachine should be connected to a suit-able hot water ring circuit So-calledldquotransmission pipesrdquo (single pipes tohot water generators) can result in anywater remaining in the pipes coolingdown if not in constant use More en-ergy would then be consumed to heatthe liquid up again

The same connection requirements asfor cold water also apply to hot water

The inlet hose is connected to the stop-cock

The washing machine cannot only beconnected to a hot water connection

Some machine versions do not comewith a hot water hose

Switching to hot water operation

If the washing machine is due to beconnected to a hot water point you canconfigure the settings Main wash waterPre-wash water and Rinse water to hot(see ldquoSupervisor levelrdquo)

Unscrew the stopper from the hotwater valve

Screw on the hot water hose

Installation

INSTALLATION

79

Drainage

Drain valve

The machine is drained using a motor-ised drain valve A DN 70 angle con-nector can be used for draining the ma-chine via an on-site floor drain (gullywith odour trap)

Drain pump

The suds are drained through a drainpump with a 1 m delivery head For thewater to drain freely the hose must befree of kinks The elbow piece (access-ory) can be hooked onto the end of thehose

Drainage options

1 Connected securely to a plastic drainpipe with a rubber nipple (there is noneed to use a siphon)

2 Connected securely to a washbasinwith a plastic nipple

3 Connected securely to a floor drain(gully)

If required the hose can be extended toa length of up to 5 m Accessories areavailable from Miele or from your Mieledealer

For a drain height of more than 1 m (upto a max of 16 m) a replacement drainpump is available from Miele or fromyour Miele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

80

Electrical connection

This description applies to washingmachines both with and without amains plug

The following applies to washing ma-chines with a mains plug

- The washing machine is ready to beconnected

- The electrical socket must be easilyaccessible after installation so thatthe machine can be disconnectedfrom the electricity supply if neces-sary

Damage caused by incorrectsupply voltageThe data plate indicates the nominalpower consumption and the appro-priate fuse ratingCompare the specifications on thedata plate with those of the mainselectricity supply and make sure thatthey match

The washing machine may only be con-nected to a permanent electrical systemthat conforms to the national and localcodes and regulations

Do not connect the machine to an ex-tension lead or multi-socket adapter asthey do not guarantee the requiredsafety of the appliance (eg danger ofoverheating)

If the machine is hard wired an all polecircuit breaker must be provided on-site When switched off there must bean all-pole contact gap of at least 3 mmin the isolator switch (including mini-ature circuit breaker switch fuses and

relays according to IECEN 60947) Thisconnection process must be performedby a qualified electrician

The plug connector or isolator switchshould be easily accessible at all times

Risk of electric shockIf the washing machine is disconnec-ted from the mains protective meas-ures must be taken to ensure that thepoint of disconnection cannot acci-dentally be switched on againMake sure the isolator is lockable orthe point of disconnection is mon-itored at all times

New connections modifications to thesystem or servicing of the earthingconductor including determining thecorrect fuse amperage must be carriedout by a qualified electrician as theyare familiar with the pertinent regula-tions and the specific requirements ofthe electric utility company

If converting the washing machine toan alternative voltage observe theinstructions in the wiring diagramConversion must be performed byMiele Service or by an authorisedMiele dealer

Installation

INSTALLATION

81

Single phase AC 230 V ndash country vari-ant 230V 25A

This device is intended for connectionto a power supply system where themaximum value of external phase neut-ral loop impedance Zmax of 038 Ohmsat the point of distributor supply con-nection is not exceeded

The user has to ensure that this deviceis connected only to a power supplysystem which fulfils the requirementabove If in doubt please ask your elec-trical distributor for actual impedancevalue

Technical data

82

Height 850 mm

Width 596 mm

Width (for machines with a stainless steellid)

605 mm

Depth 714 mm

Depth with door open 1132 mm

Weight Approx 100 kg

Maximum floor load in operation 3000 Newton

Capacity 60 kg dry laundry

Supply voltage See data plate on back of machine

Connected load See data plate on back of machine

Fuse rating See data plate on back of machine

A-rated sound emissions LpA in accordancewith EN ISO 1120411203

lt 70 dB re 20 microPa

Minimum water flow pressure 100 kPa (1 bar)

Maximum water flow pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Intake hose length 155 m

Connection cable length 180 m

Maximum drain pump head height (drainpump version)

100 m

LEDs Class 1

Product safety standard EN 50571 EN 60335

Test certifications awarded See data plate

Frequency band of the WiFi module 24000 GHz ndash 24835 GHz

Maximum transmission power of the WiFimodule

lt 100 mW

Technical data

83

Conformity declarationMiele hereby declares that this washing machine complies with Directive 201453EU

The complete text of the EU declaration of conformity is available from one of thefollowing internet addresses

- Products Download from wwwmielecouk

- For service information operating instructions etc go to wwwmielecoukdo-mesticcustomer-information-385htm and enter the name of the product or theserial number

Supervisor level

84

Opening Supervisor level Switch on the washing machine

1102

Programmes Favourites Supervisor

Help

Touch the Supervisor sensor con-trol

The display will change to the Supervisorlevel menu

Code-based access

Supervisor level is accessed using acode

The code is 000 (factory default)

Changing the code

You can alter the Supervisor level ac-cess code to protect the washing ma-chine from unauthorised access

Please inform Miele Service if youhave forgotten your new code MieleService will have to reset the codeMake a note of your new code andstore it in a safe place

Closing the settings menu Touch the sensor control

The display will then go back to the pre-vious menu level

Touch the sensor control

The display will change to the mainmenu

Supervisor level

85

Operationdisplay

Language

The display can be set to appear inone of several different languages Toselect the permanent operator lan-guage you want go to the Languagessub-menu

When a programme is running you canchange the user language using the sensor control

Language menu

The display can be set to one of sev-eral different user languages This set-ting allows you to determine how lan-guages can be selected

International

6 languages are available The sensor control is not active Notethe setting Set languages

Language setting

The sensor control can be usedto select a language All languages areavailable (factory default)

You can change the order of the first 4languages These slots are allocated tothe most commonly used languages

Standard language

The user language cannot be changedThe user language is the same as theoperator language The sensorcontrol is not active

Set languages

The languages for the setting Languageentry International can be changed

6 languages can be selected All lan-guages are available

If you wish to add a new language tothe language menu

First select the language you want toreplace

All available languages are displayed

Select and confirm the language toreplace the previous language

The new language appears instead ofthe old one

Display brightness

The brightness of the display can bealtered The setting depends on thevarious lighting conditions in the placeof installation

It can be set to one of 10 differentlevels

Supervisor level

86

Clock display

After selecting the clock format youcan set the time of day

Clock format

- 24h clock (factory default)

- 12h clock

- No clock

Set

- The time of day can be set

Date

The date can be set after selecting thedate format

Date format

- DDMMYYYY

- YYYYMMDD

- MMDDYYYY

Date

- The date can be set

Volume

The volume for various sounds can bechanged

- Finish tone

- Keypad tone

- Welcome tone

It can be set to one of 7 differentlevels or switched off altogether

- Fault alarm

The fault alarm can be activated ordeactivated

Visibility parameters

Various parameters such as the tem-perature spin speed Extras etc aredisplayed when a programme is selec-ted You can decide which parametersshould not be displayed These para-meters can then not be edited duringprogramme selection

Factory default all parameters are vis-ible (marked in orange)

Sort Extras

Under the setting Visibility parametersSort ldquoExtrasrdquo appears in the bottomline Touch the sensor control tochange the sequence of Extras (seeldquoArranging programmesrdquo under ldquoSu-pervisor levelrdquo)

Supervisor level

87

Display off status

The display switches off to save en-ergy The StartStop sensor controlflashes slowly

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

Off

The display does not switch off

On (10 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (10 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 10 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 10 min

The display will go out after 10 minutes

On (30 min) Not currprog

The display will remain on while the pro-gramme is running but will go out30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

Logo (30 min) Not currprog

The display stays switched on while theprogramme is running The logo lightsup 30 minutes after the end of the pro-gramme

On after 30 min

The display will go out after 30 minutes

Machine off status

In order to save energy the washingmachine will switch off automaticallyafter the end of the programme or if nofurther selection is made You canchange this setting

Changing this setting leads to increasedenergy consumption

- The machine does not switch off

- The machine switches off after15 minutes (factory default)

- The machine switches off after20 minutes

- The machine switches off after30 minutes

Delay start

The delay start (timer) display can beswitched on or off

Factory setting On

Memory

The washing machine will save thesettings (temperature spin speed andsome of the options) which have beenselected for a programme after theprogramme has started

When the programme is chosen againthe saved settings will appear in thedisplay

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

88

Temperature unit

You can select the unit for the temper-ature display

Factory default degCCelsius

Weight unit

You can decide whether load quanti-ties are displayed in ldquokgrdquo or ldquolbsrdquo Youcan also switch this information off al-together

Factory default kg

Logo

You can choose whether the ldquoMieleProfessionalrdquo logo or your own logoappears in the display

The option Laundrette Logo must be se-lected for the setting Controls

Supervisor code

You can alter the access code to thesupervisor level

Enter the current code

Enter a new code

Programme selection

Controls

You can select whether the machine isoperated as a ldquowash-salonrdquo (launder-ette) machine Shortcuts are the easi-est way to operate the machine Oper-ating staff are unable to change pre-set programmes

Tip Start by configuring all necessarysettings and changes to the washingmachine before adjusting any of the op-tions below

If ldquoLaunderette basicrdquo or ldquoLaunderetteextrdquo are selected the supervisor levelcan no longer be opened from the dis-play after the Supervisor level is closedPlease follow the instructions below ifyou wish to change any other settings

Opening the Supervisor level (wash-salon version)

Switch on the washing machine andopen the door

Touch the StartStop sensor controland hold it down whilst carrying outsteps -

Close the washing machine door

The StartStop sensor will now beflashing quickly wait until it lights upconstantly

Release the StartStop sensor con-trol when the StartStop sensor lightsup constantly

Supervisor level

89

Control options

Standard (factory default)

All functions and programmes can bedisplayed

Launderette basic

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

Laundrette Logo

Up to 12 programmes are available Goto Favourite programmes to select whichprogrammes are to be listed

External programme selection

Programmes are selected using a com-munication module eg an external ter-minal

Programme packages

The selection of programmes can beexpanded by activating single pro-grammes from the target group pro-gramme packages

The programmes selected from the pro-gramme packages (marked in orange)are displayed under programme selec-tion

Favourite programmes

You can save up to 12 of your owncustomised wash programmes as Fa-vourites

The saved programmes will be dis-played under Favourites

All programmes from the Favourites listare displayed with the control optionLaunderette basic and Laundrette Logo

You can specify the control option un-der Controls

Tip You can assign a different colour toeach programme In this case the Progcolour allocation setting must be set toOn

Changing Favourite programmes

Select the programme you wish tochange or replace

Touch the programme icon or settingto be changed

Another menu opens enabling you toselect a new programme or change theparameters

Touch the Save sensor control

Your selection is now active

Supervisor level

90

Reducing the number of Favourite pro-grammes

You can reduce the number of Favouriteprogrammes by ldquodeactivatingrdquo eachone individually

Select the programme you wish todeactivate

Confirm the programme

Select ltemptygt from the list instead ofa programme

The selection in the Favourites andthe selection in the Launderette basicand Laundrette Logo control option is re-duced

Once a programme has been deactiv-ated ltemptygt is displayed in its placeYou can add a programme back in atany time

Changing the sequence of Favouriteprogrammes

You can change the sequence of Fa-vourite programmes by moving the pro-grammes around

Touch the programme that you wishto move

An orange border appears around theselected programme

Touch the programme with your fin-ger and keep your finger presseddown

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Special programmes

You can put together 5 special pro-grammes and save them as your ownwash programmes with your own pro-gramme names

You must have already activated Spe-cial programmes under Programmepackages

Enter the name of your special pro-gramme and its basic settings into theldquoSpecial programmesrdquo table under theldquoProgramme chartrdquo

- Temperature you can select a tem-perature in multiple increments fromcold to 90 degC

- Wash block you can select one ormore wash blocks

- Spin speed you can select a spinspeed in increments from 0 rpm to1400 rpm

Sort programmes

Programmes can be moved within theprogramme list and in the Favouriteslist

Factory default Off

Moving programmes

Touch the sensor control for the pro-gramme you want to move

Press and hold the sensor control un-til the frame changes

Drag the programme to the requiredplace

Supervisor level

91

Prog colour allocation

You can assign a colour to a Favouriteprogramme In the list of Favouriteseach Favourite programme is given acoloured frame which can be adjus-ted

Factory setting On

Hygiene

The Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme is shown in the list of specialprogrammes

If a programme at a temperature below60 degC has been used a request to startthe Maintenance wash hygiene pro-gramme appears in the display

Factory default Off

Expert code

A code has to be entered to cancel adisinfection programme The code canbe modified

The code is 0 0 0

Make a note of your new code if youever change it

Process technology

Anti-crease

The Anti-crease function reducescreasing after the end of the pro-gramme At the end of the pro-gramme the drum continues to turn atintervals for up to 30 minutes

The washing machine door can beopened at any time

Factory setting On

Water level Cottons

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Whites and Col-oured items programmes

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Water level Min iron

You can increase the water level forthe main wash in the Minimum ironprogramme

- + 0 mm wc (factory default)

- + 10 mm wc

- + 20 mm wc

- + 30 mm wc

Supervisor level

92

Pre-wash temp Cottons

You can select the temperature for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- 30 degC (factory default)

- 35 degC

- 40 degC

- 45 degC

Wash time

Cottons pre-wash

You can increase the duration for thepre-wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 6 min

- + 9 min

- + 12 min

Cottons

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Whites and Coloureditems programmes

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 10 min

- + 20 min

- + 30 min

- + 40 min

Minimum iron

You can increase the duration for themain wash in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- + 0 min (factory default)

- + 5 min

- + 10 min

- + 15 min

- + 20 min

Pre-rinse Cottons

A pre-rinse can be activated in theWhites and Coloured items pro-grammes

Factory default Off

Pre-rinse Minimum iron

A pre-rinse can be activated in theMinimum iron programme

Factory default Off

Pre-wash CottonM-iron

In the programmes Whites Coloureditems and Minimum iron you canchoose whether a pre-wash is per-manently activated or whether it canbe selected during programme selec-tion

Factory default Menu selection

Supervisor level

93

Cottons rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Cottons programme

- 1 rinse

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

- 5 rinses

Minimum iron rinses

You can alter the number of rinsescarried out in the Minimum iron pro-gramme

- 2 rinses (factory default)

- 3 rinses

- 4 rinses

Disinfection rinse

Additional rinses can be activated indisinfection programmes with a tem-perature of at least 60 degC

Rinsing is carried out with hot waterThe programme duration is longer

The laundry may feel hot at the endof the programmeTake care when removing items

Factory default Off

Auto load control

This washing machine comes withautomatic load control In some pro-grammes the water levels and theprogramme cycle times are adapted tothe load

If the auto load control is deactivatedthe machine will always carry out theprogramme sequence based on a fullload

Factory setting On

Controlled energy cons

With this option selected the machinewill optimise the energy it uses in theWhites Coloured items and Minimumiron programmes

Factory setting On

Service

Clean drain pump

The user sees a message when thedrain pump filter has to be cleaned

The message is displayed every 500operating hours

The message appears at the end of theprogramme

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

94

Service interval

Service information can appear in thedisplay You can configure whether adate or the number of operating hoursis displayed

You can select up to 3 messages withtheir own text

Your message is displayed at the end ofthe programme and can be acknow-ledged with OK The same messageappears at the end of the next pro-gramme

Settings

This setting allows you to determine theinterval (depending on hours or date) atwhich the message appears

- Factory default Off

- By timeYou can then select a time intervalfrom 1ndash9999 hours

- By dateYou can then enter a date

Message text

Enter your message for your plannedmaintenance work

Reset display

The message appears until the displayis permanently reset The message thenappears again once the next interval isreached

External applications

Availability of Miele digital products

The ability of Miele digital products de-pends on the availability of the servicesin your country

The different services are not availablein all countries

For information about availabilityplease visit wwwmielecom

Empty sensor

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

A siphon contact can be used to de-tect whether external detergent con-tainers are empty A message appearsif a container is empty

- Off (factory default)

- Normally open contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally open contact

- Normally closed contact

The siphons are equipped with a nor-mally closed contact

Early warning counter

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

An internal counter reports when anexternal dispenser container is almostempty The counter in question thenhas to be reset

Supervisor level

95

Automatic dispensing

Automatic dispensing via an externaldispensing system can be activated

Factory default Off

Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6

To respond to the tolerances that oc-cur in the pump system over time thedosage amount (mlmin) for thepumps can be corrected

The calibration value can be reduced by3 increments or increased by 3 incre-ments

The calibration value is increased or re-duced by 1 2 or 3 times the adjustmentvalue based on the selected incre-mental setting

The calibration value and the adjust-ment value must be added to the datafor the dispenser pumps by the MieleCustomer Service Department

Peak load signal

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

The peak-load negotiation functionenables the washing machine to beconnected to an energy managementsystem When a signal is registeredthe washing machinersquos heater isswitched off for a short period

The washing machine may only be op-erated with a peak-load system if thissystem is connected to the washingmachine via the Miele XCI box

- No function (factory default)

- Peak load with 230 V

- Peak load with 0 V

- COM module

Peak load prevention

The peak-load negotiation functioncan be deactivated with disinfectionprogrammes When a signal is re-gistered the washing machinesheater is not switched off

Factory default Off

Supervisor level

96

COM module selection

This washing machine is equippedwith an integrated WiFi module How-ever the washing machine can also beequipped with an external module

- Off

- Internal module (factory default)

The internal WiFi module is used

- External module

An XKM module or RS232 module isinserted into the module slot

WiFi

Control the networking of your wash-ing machine

- Setup

This message only appears if thewashing machine has not yet beenconnected to a WiFi network

- Deactivate (visible when the networkis activated)

The network remains set up the WiFifunction is switched off

- Activate (visible if the network is de-activated)

The WiFi function is reactivated

- Connection status (visible when thenetwork is activated)

ndash The quality of WiFi reception

ndash The network name

ndash The IP address

- Set up again (visible if already set up)

Resets the WiFi login (network) to im-mediately re-establish a new connec-tion

- Reset (visible if already set up)

The network is no longer set up Anew connection has to be estab-lished in order to use the networkagain

ndash The WiFi is switched off

ndash The WiFi connection will be resetto the factory default setting

Network time

The date and time can be synchron-ised over the network

- Off

The date and time are not synchron-ised over the network

- As master

The machines are in a network butare not connected to the Internet Amachine is declared as the masterand sends data to the slave devices

- As slave

The machines are in a network andare connected to the Internet All ma-chines are configured as slaves Datais synchronised over the Internet

Supervisor level

97

Remote

Programmes are selected on an ex-ternal terminal

Factory default On

RemoteUpdate

The RemoteUpdate function is used toupdate the software in your washingmachine

Factory default on

If you do not install a RemoteUpdateyou can continue to use your washingmachine in the usual way HoweverMiele recommends installing Re-moteUpdates

Activation

The RemoteUpdate menu option isonly displayed and can only be selec-ted if you have added your washingmachine to your WiFi network

Some software updates can only becarried out by the Miele Customer Ser-vice Department

Running a RemoteUpdate

If a RemoteUpdate is available for yourwashing machine it will be displayedautomatically when the operator level isopen

You can choose to start the RemoteUp-date immediately or wait until later Ifyou select ldquoStart laterrdquo the prompt torun the RemoteUpdate will be displayedagain the next time you switch on yourwashing machine

The RemoteUpdate can take a fewminutes

Please note the following informationabout the RemoteUpdate function

- You will only receive a message whena RemoteUpdate is available

- Once a RemoteUpdate has been in-stalled it cannot be undone

- Do not switch off the washing ma-chine during a RemoteUpdate Other-wise the RemoteUpdate will be abor-ted and will not be installed

Supervisor level

98

SmartGrid

The SmartGrid setting is only visible if aWiFi network has been set up and ac-tivated This function can be used forstarting your washing machine auto-matically at a time when your energysuppliers energy costs are most eco-nomical

Activating SmartGrid gives the Timersensor control a new function Use theldquoTimerrdquo sensor control to configureSmartStart The washing machine willthen start within the timeframe specifiedby you when it receives a signal fromyour energy supplier If a signal has notbeen received from the energy supplierby the latest start time set the washingmachine will start automatically

Factory default Off

Machine parameters

Suds cooling

Additional water flows into the drum atthe end of the main wash to cool thesuds down

Suds cooling takes place when a pro-gramme with a temperature of 70 degC orhigher is selected

Suds cooling should be activated

- to prevent the danger of scalding ifthe drain hose is hooked over theedge of a sink or basin

- where the drainage pipes do notcomply with DIN 1986

Factory setting On

Supervisor level

99

Water inlet

Pre-wash

You can select the water type for thepre-wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the pre-wash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the pre-washHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Main wash

You can select the water type for themain wash

- Cold

Only cold water is used for the mainwash

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the mainwashHot water can only be added if thewash temperature is above 30 degC

Programme durations will be longer ifthe machine is not connected for hotwater this may mean that the ldquoTimeleftrdquo display is incorrect

First rinse

You can select the water type for thefirst rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the firstrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the firstrinse

Final rinse

You can select the water type for thelast rinse in some programmes

- Cold (factory default)

Only cold water is used for the finalrinse

- Hot

Hot water is also added for the finalrinse (only possible for programmeswith a temperature of at least 60 degC)

Low water pressure

If the water pressure is below 100 kPa(1 bar) the programme will be can-celled and the fault message Checkwater inlet will appear

If the on-site water pressure cannot beincreased activating the setting Low wa-ter pressure will prevent the programmefrom being cancelled

Factory default yes

Supervisor level

100

Legal information

Open source licences

You can view information here

Copyrights and Licences

Miele uses their own and third partysoftware which is not subject to any so-called open source licence for the oper-ation and control of the machine Thissoftwarethese software componentsare protected by copyright The copy-right powers of Miele and third partieshave to be respected

Furthermore this machine containssoftware components which are distrib-uted under open source licence condi-tions Please refer to the menu item Set-tings | Machine parameters | Legal informa-tion | Open source licences in the machinefor the Open Source components con-tained therein together with the corres-ponding copyright notices copies ofthe licencing conditions valid at thetime and any further information The li-ability and warranty provisions of theOpen Source licence terms and condi-tions as stated therein apply only in re-lation to the respective rights holders

Payment system

External hardware is connected via theMiele XCI box

If you wish to change the settings afterthe commissioning process pleasecontact Miele Service

Settings for payment systems

You would like to connect a paymentsystem

- No payment system

The next settings are skipped and ini-tial commissioning can be com-pleted

- Programme operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a wash pro-gramme

- Timed operation

The machine is operated using a coinbox The user purchases a time-man-aged programme

- Timed operation with pulse counter

For payment systems where the us-age period is increased each time acoin is inserted

- COM module

The machine is operated by a centralcontrol unit

Supervisor level

101

External prog lock

The control unit has an option to blockprogrammes Programmes areblocked by an external system via theCOM interface

Factory default off

F-back signal to pay system

Setting the feedback signal for thecoin box

- Factory default Off

- End of programme

The feedback signal is sent at theend of the programme

- Release of the start button

The feedback signal is sent when thestart button is released

- Start and programme end

The feedback signal is sent at thestart and end of the programme

- Programme running

The feedback signal is sent con-stantly between the start and end ofthe programme

Clear paid signal

The ldquoPaidrdquo signal in coin box modecan be applied until the end of theprogramme or discarded if the pro-gramme is not started after 5 minutes

Factory default Off

Payment system lock

To avoid tampering a programme lockcan be set up in programme opera-tion If the lock is applied the pro-gramme is interrupted and paymentcredit is lost as soon as the door isopened

The time for the lock can be adjusted toprevent laundry being added

- Off

- As soon as the programme starts

- 1 minute after the start of the pro-gramme

- 2 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 3 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme (factory default)

- 4 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

- 5 minutes after the start of the pro-gramme

FOC programmes

In coin mode you can decide whichprogrammes can be used for free

Factory default Off

MalaysiaMiele Sdn BhdSuite 12-2 Level 12Menara Sapura Kencana PetroleumSolaris Dutamas No 1 Jalan Dutamas 150480 Kuala Lumpur MalaysiaPhone +603-6209-0288Fax +603-6205-3768

Miele New Zealand LimitedIRD 98 463 6318 College HillFreemans Bay Auckland 1011 NZTel 0800 464 353Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

New Zealand

Miele Pte Ltd29 Media Circle 11-04 ALICEMediapolisSingapore 138565Tel +65 6735 1191 Fax +65 6735 1161E-Mail infomielecomsgInternet wwwmielesg

Singapore

Miele (Pty) Ltd63 Peter Place Bryanston 2194PO Box 69434 Bryanston 2021Tel (011) 875 9000 Fax (011) 875 9035E-mail infomielecozaInternet wwwmielecoza

South Africa

Miele Appliances LtdShowroom 1 Eiffel 1 BuildingSheikh Zayed Road Umm Al SheifPO Box 114782 - DubaiTel +971 4 3044 999 Fax +971 4 3418 852800-MIELE (64353)E-Mail infomieleae Website wwwmieleae

United Arab Emirates

United KingdomMiele Co Ltd Fairacres Marcham RoadAbingdon Oxon OX14 1TWProfessional Sales Tel 0845 365 6608E-mail professionalmielecoukInternet wwwmielecoukprofessional

Miele Australia Pty LtdACN 005 635 398 ABN 96 005 635 3981 Gilbert Park Drive Knoxfield VIC 3180Tel 1300 731 411Internet wwwmielecomauprofessionalE-mail salesmiele-professionalcomau

Australia

Miele Electrical Appliances Co Ltd1-3 Floor No 82 Shi Men Yi RoadJing an District 200040 Shanghai PRCTel +86 21 6157 3500 Fax +86 21 6157 3511E-mail infomielecn Internet wwwmielecn

China Mainland

Miele (Hong Kong) Ltd41F - 4101 Manhattan Place23 Wang Tai Road Kowloon Bay Hong KongTel (852) 2610 1025 Fax (852) 3579 1404Email customerservicesmielecomhkWebsite wwwmielehk

Hong Kong China

Miele India Pvt Ltd1st Floor Copia Corporate Suites Commercial Plot 9 Mathura Road Jasola New Delhi - 110025E-mail customercaremielein Website wwwmielein

India

Miele Ireland Ltd2024 Bianconi Ave Citywest Business Campus Dublin 24Tel (01) 461 07 10 Fax (01) 461 07 97E-Mail infomieleie Internet wwwmieleie

Ireland

Manufacturer Miele amp Cie KGCarl-Miele-Straszlige 29 33332 Guumltersloh Germany

M-Nr 11 811 400 00en-GB

PWM 906

  • Contents
    • Caring for the environment
      • Disposal of the packing material
      • Disposing of your old appliance
        • Warning and safety instructions
          • Appropriate use
          • Technical safety
          • Correct use
          • Accessories
            • Operating the washing machine
              • Fascia panel
              • Sensor controls and touch display with sensor controls
              • Main menu
                • Programmes
                • Favourites
                • Supervisor
                  • Examples of how to operate the appliance
                    • Option lists
                    • Setting numerical values
                    • Pull-down menu
                    • Exiting a menu
                    • Help display
                      • Operating a launderette machine
                        • Before using for the first time
                          • Emptying the drum
                          • Switching on the washing machine
                          • Setting the language
                          • Reference to external appliances
                          • Setting the display brightness
                          • Setting the date
                          • Confirm time request
                          • Setting the time of day
                          • Selecting programme packages
                          • Setting up a payment system
                          • Select pre-wash water
                          • Select main wash water
                          • Removing the transit bars
                          • Completing commissioning
                            • 1 Preparing the laundry
                              • Emptying pockets
                              • Sorting the laundry
                              • Pre-treating stains
                                • General tips
                                    • 2 Loading the washing machine
                                      • Opening the door
                                      • Closing the door
                                        • 3 Selecting a programme
                                          • Switching on the washing machine
                                          • Selecting a programme
                                            • 4 Selecting programme settings
                                              • Selecting a load
                                              • Selecting the temperature
                                              • Selecting a spin speed
                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                • 5 Adding detergent
                                                  • Detergent drawer
                                                    • Detergent dispensing
                                                    • Adding detergent
                                                    • Adding fabric conditioner or liquid starch separately
                                                    • Adding starch separately
                                                    • Dye removers and dyes
                                                      • External dispensing
                                                        • 6 Starting the programme ndash the end of the programme
                                                          • Payment system
                                                          • Starting the programme
                                                          • End of programme
                                                            • Unloading the drum
                                                                • Timer
                                                                  • Setting the timer
                                                                  • Changing the timer
                                                                  • Deleting the timer
                                                                  • Starting the timer
                                                                    • Programme chart
                                                                      • Label
                                                                      • Programme packages
                                                                        • Standard programmes
                                                                        • Sport
                                                                        • Outerwear
                                                                        • WellnessHair salons
                                                                        • Hotels
                                                                        • Home textiles
                                                                        • Workwear
                                                                        • DisinfectionRKI
                                                                        • Laundry (HTM 01-04)
                                                                        • Disinfection
                                                                        • Further programmes
                                                                        • WetCare
                                                                        • Special programmes
                                                                            • Extras
                                                                              • Selecting Extras
                                                                              • Pre-wash
                                                                              • Pre-rinse
                                                                              • Rinse plus
                                                                              • Soak
                                                                              • Intensive
                                                                              • Water plus
                                                                              • Pre-ironing
                                                                              • Rinse hold
                                                                              • Starch stop
                                                                                • Special features in the programme sequence
                                                                                  • Spinning
                                                                                    • Final spin speed
                                                                                    • Interim spin
                                                                                    • Omitting the interim spin and the final spin
                                                                                      • Anti-crease
                                                                                        • Changing the programme sequence
                                                                                          • Changing a programme
                                                                                          • Cancelling a programme
                                                                                          • Switching on the washing machine after an interruption to the power supply
                                                                                          • Adding or removing laundry
                                                                                            • Cleaning and care
                                                                                              • Cleaning the casing and fascia panel
                                                                                              • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                • Cleaning the siphon and the channel
                                                                                                • Cleaning the detergent drawer
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the drum suds container and drainage system
                                                                                                  • Cleaning the water inlet filters
                                                                                                    • Cleaning the filters in the water inlet valves
                                                                                                        • Problem solving guide
                                                                                                          • The wash programme does not start
                                                                                                          • Programme cancellation and error message
                                                                                                          • A fault message appears in the display
                                                                                                          • An unsatisfactory wash result
                                                                                                          • General problems
                                                                                                          • The door will not open
                                                                                                          • Opening the door in the event of a blocked drain outlet andor power cut
                                                                                                            • Blocked drain outlet
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • For machines with a drain pump
                                                                                                            • Cleaning the drain filter
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                            • Emptying the drum
                                                                                                            • In machines with a drain valve
                                                                                                            • Opening the door
                                                                                                                • Miele Service
                                                                                                                  • Contact in case of malfunction
                                                                                                                  • Optional accessories
                                                                                                                    • Installation
                                                                                                                      • Front view
                                                                                                                      • Rear view
                                                                                                                      • Installation locations
                                                                                                                        • Side view
                                                                                                                        • Washer-dryer stack
                                                                                                                        • Installation on a plinth
                                                                                                                          • Installation notes
                                                                                                                          • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine with a sack truck
                                                                                                                            • Transporting the washing machine to its installation site
                                                                                                                              • Installation surface
                                                                                                                                • Removing the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Refitting the transit bars
                                                                                                                                • Levelling the washing machine
                                                                                                                                  • Screwing out and adjusting the feet
                                                                                                                                  • Holding bracket for plinth
                                                                                                                                  • Positioning the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Installing the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                  • Securing the washing machine with the holding bracket
                                                                                                                                    • External control equipment
                                                                                                                                      • Payment system
                                                                                                                                        • Water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Cold water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to cold water operation
                                                                                                                                          • Maintenance
                                                                                                                                          • Hose extension
                                                                                                                                          • Hot water connection
                                                                                                                                          • Switching to hot water operation
                                                                                                                                            • Drainage
                                                                                                                                              • Drain valve
                                                                                                                                              • Drain pump
                                                                                                                                              • Drainage options
                                                                                                                                                • Electrical connection
                                                                                                                                                  • Technical data
                                                                                                                                                    • Conformity declaration
                                                                                                                                                      • Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Opening Supervisor level
                                                                                                                                                        • Code-based access
                                                                                                                                                        • Changing the code
                                                                                                                                                        • Closing the settings menu
                                                                                                                                                        • Operationdisplay
                                                                                                                                                          • Language
                                                                                                                                                          • Language menu
                                                                                                                                                          • Set languages
                                                                                                                                                          • Volume
                                                                                                                                                          • Delay start
                                                                                                                                                          • Memory
                                                                                                                                                          • Weight unit
                                                                                                                                                          • Logo
                                                                                                                                                          • Supervisor code
                                                                                                                                                            • Programme selection
                                                                                                                                                              • Controls
                                                                                                                                                              • Programme packages
                                                                                                                                                              • Favourite programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Special programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Sort programmes
                                                                                                                                                              • Prog colour allocation
                                                                                                                                                              • Hygiene
                                                                                                                                                              • Expert code
                                                                                                                                                                • Process technology
                                                                                                                                                                  • Anti-crease
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Water level Min iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash temp Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Wash time
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Cottons
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-rinse Minimum iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Pre-wash CottonM-iron
                                                                                                                                                                  • Cottons rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Minimum iron rinses
                                                                                                                                                                  • Disinfection rinse
                                                                                                                                                                  • Auto load control
                                                                                                                                                                  • Controlled energy cons
                                                                                                                                                                    • Service
                                                                                                                                                                      • Clean drain pump
                                                                                                                                                                      • Service interval
                                                                                                                                                                        • External applications
                                                                                                                                                                          • Availability of Miele digital products
                                                                                                                                                                          • Empty sensor
                                                                                                                                                                          • Early warning counter
                                                                                                                                                                          • Automatic dispensing
                                                                                                                                                                          • Adjustment value dosage 1ndash6
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load signal
                                                                                                                                                                          • Peak load prevention
                                                                                                                                                                          • COM module selection
                                                                                                                                                                          • WiFi
                                                                                                                                                                          • Network time
                                                                                                                                                                          • Remote
                                                                                                                                                                          • RemoteUpdate
                                                                                                                                                                          • SmartGrid
                                                                                                                                                                            • Machine parameters
                                                                                                                                                                              • Suds cooling
                                                                                                                                                                              • Water inlet
                                                                                                                                                                              • Low water pressure
                                                                                                                                                                              • Legal information
                                                                                                                                                                              • Copyrights and Licences
                                                                                                                                                                                • Payment system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Settings for payment systems
                                                                                                                                                                                  • External prog lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • F-back signal to pay system
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Clear paid signal
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Payment system lock
                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOC programmes
Page 17: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 18: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 19: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 20: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 21: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 22: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 23: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 24: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 25: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 26: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 27: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 28: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 29: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 30: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 31: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 32: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 33: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 34: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 35: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 36: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 37: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 38: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 39: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 40: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 41: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 42: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 43: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 44: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 45: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 46: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 47: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 48: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 49: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 50: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 51: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 52: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 53: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 54: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 55: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 56: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 57: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 58: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 59: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 60: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 61: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 62: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 63: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 64: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 65: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 66: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 67: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 68: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 69: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 70: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 71: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 72: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 73: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 74: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 75: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 76: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 77: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 78: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 79: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 80: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 81: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 82: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 83: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 84: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 85: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 86: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 87: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 88: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 89: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 90: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 91: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 92: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 93: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 94: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 95: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 96: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 97: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 98: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 99: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 100: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 101: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 102: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions
Page 103: instructions Washing machine - Miele · 2021. 3. 2. · Miele cannot be held liable for damage caused by non-compliance with these instructions. Keep these operating instructions